Smithsonian National Museum of Natural History
{search_item}

Department ofBotany

Bibliography

 

A | B | C | D | E | F | G | H | I | J | K | L | M | N | O | P | Q | R | S | T | U | V | W | X | Y | Z

Top 

Ackerman, James D., W. Falcon, and W. Recart. 2011. New records of naturalized orchids for the Hawaiian Islands. Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 110: 1-4.

Adams, C. D. 1972. Flowering Plants of Jamaica. University of the West Indies. Mona, Jamaica.

Adamson, A. M. 1936. Marquesan insects: environment. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. Bull. 139: 1–73.

Aedo, C., J. J. Aldasoro, and C. Navarro. 1998. Taxonomic revision of Geranium sections Batrachioidea and Divaricata (Geraniaceae). Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 85: 594-630.

Aedo, C. and F. Muñoz Garmendia. 1997. Twelve new names in Geranium L. (Geraniaceae). Kew Bull. 52: 725–727.

Aellen, P.  1929.  Beitrag zur Systematik der Chenopodium‑Arten Amerikas, vorwiegend auf Grund der Sammlung des U.S. National Museum in Washington, D.C. II.  Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 26: 119–160.

_____.  1933.  Nomenklatorische Bemerkungen zu einigen Chenopodien.  Ostenia (Montevideo) 1933: 98–101.

Airy Shaw, H. K.  1965.  Diagnoses of new families, new names, etc., for the seventh edition of Willis's 'Dictionary'.  Kew Bull. 18: 249–273.

_____.  1966.  Notes on Malaysian and other Asiatic Euphorbiaceae.  LXXII.  Generic segregation in the affinity of Aleurites J. R. & G. Forst.  Kew Bull. 20: 393–395.

Aiton, W. T.  1811.  Hortus kewensis; or, a catalogue of the plants cultivated in the Royal botanic garden at Kew.  2nd ed.  Vol. II.  Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme, and Brown, London, 432 pp.

Akamine, E. K. and G. Girolami.  1957.  Problems in fruit set in yellow passion fruit.  Hawaii Farm Sci. 5: 3–5.

_____.  1959.  Pollination and fruit set in the yellow passion fruit.  Hawaii Agric. Exp. Sta. Techn. Bull. 39: 1–44.

Alford, M. A. 2012. New records of Gamochaeta (Asteraceae) in the Hawai`ian Archipelago. Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 113: 1-6.

Ali, S. I. 2010. Flora of Pakistan p. 223 (online version). http://www.efloras.org/florataxon.aspx?flora_id=5&taxon_id=220005307, accessed 9/16/2010.

Alice, L. A. and C. S. Campbell. 1999. Phylogeny of Rubus (Rosaceae) based on nuclear ribosomal DNA internal transcribed spacer region sequences. Am. J. Bot. 86:81-97.

Allan, H. H.  1961.  Flora of New Zealand.  Vol. I.  R. E. Owen, Government Printer, Wellington, 1085 pp.

Allen, M. S.  1981.  An analysis of the Mauna Kea adze quarry archaeobotanical assemblage.  Master's thesis, Univ. Hawaii, Honolulu, 162 pp.

Al-Shehbaz, I. 1985. The genera of Brassiceae (Cruciferae; Brassicaceae) in the southeastern United States. J. Arnold Arbor. 66: 279–351.

Al-Shehbaz, I., K. Mummenhoff, and O. Appel. 2002. Cardaria, Coronopus, and Stroganowia are united with Lepidium (Brassicaceae). Novon, 12: 5-11.

Al-Shehbaz, I. and R. A. Price. 1998. Delimitation of the genus Nasturtium (Brassicaceae). Novon 8: 124–126.

Amerson, A. B., Jr.  1971.  The natural history of French Frigate Shoals, Northwestern Hawaiian Islands.  Atoll Res. Bull. 150: 1–383.

Andersson, L. 2002. Relationships and generic circumscriptions in the Psychotria complex (Rubiaceae, Psychotrieae). Syst. Geogr. Pl. 72: 167–202.

Angiosperm Phylogeny Group (APG) II. 2003. An update of the Angiosperm Phylogeny Group classification for the orders and families of flowering plants. Bio. J. Linn. Soc. 141: 399-436.

Apfelbaum, S. I., J. P. Ludwig, and C. E. Ludwig. 1983. Ecological problems associated with disruption of dune vegetation dynamics by Casuarina equisetifolia L. at Sand Island, Midway Atoll. Smithsonian Institution, Washington DC.

Ariyoshi, R.  1986.  Roundup:  island ranching.  Aloha 9(3): 24–32.

Armstrong, R. W. (ed.).  1983.  Atlas of Hawaii.  2nd ed.  Univ. Hawaii Press, Honolulu, 238 pp.

Arnold, H. L., Jr.  1944.  Poisonous plants of Hawaii.  Tongg Publ. Co., Honolulu, 71 pp.

Arthur, J. C.  1922.  Changes in phanerogamic names.  Torreya 22: 30.

Ashlock, P. D. and W. C. Gagné.  1983.  A remarkable new micropterous Nysius species from the aeolian zone of Mauna Kea, Hawaii Island (Hemiptera:  Heteroptera:  Lygaeidae).  Int. J. Entomol. 25: 47–55.

Atkinson, I. A. E.  1970.  Successional trends in the coastal and lowland forest of Mauna Loa and Kilauea volcanoes, Hawaii.  Pacific Sci. 24: 387–400.

Atwater, T. 1989. Plate tectonic history of the northeast Pacific and western North America. In E. L. Winterer, D. M. Mussong, and R. M. Decker [eds.], The geology of North America, vol. N., The eastern Pacific and Hawaii, 21–72. Geological Society of America.

Austin, D. F.  1970.  Notes and typification for two species of Bonamia (Convolvulaceae).  Taxon 19: 906–908.

_____.  1982a.  Convolvulaceae.  Fl. Ecuador 15: 1–99.

_____.  1982b.  Convolvulaceae.  Fl. Venezuela 8(3): 15–226.

Austin, D. F. and P. B. Cavalacante.  1983.  Convolvulaceas da Amazonia.  Publ. Avulsas Mus. Goeldi 36: 1–134.

Top 

Baas, P.  1973.  The wood anatomical range in Ilex (Aquifoliaceae) and its ecological and phylogenetic significance.  Blumea 21: 193–258.

_____ .  1975.  Vegetative anatomy and the affinities of Aquifoliaceae, Sphenostemon, Phelline, and Oncotheca.  Blumea 22: 311–407.

Babcock, E. B. and G. L. Stebbins, Jr.  1937.  The genus Youngia.  Publ. Carnegie Inst. Wash. 484: 1–108.

Backer, C. A. and R. C. Bakhuizen van den Brink, Jr.  1965.  Myrsinaceae.  Fl. Java 2: 194–203.

Baehni, C.  1942.  Mémoires sur les Sapotacées II.  Le genre Pouteria.  Candollea 9: 147–476.

Bailey, L. H. and E. Z. Bailey.  1976.  Hortus third.  A concise dictionary of plants cultivated in the United States and Canada.  Rev. ed.  Macmillan Publ. Co., Inc., New York, 1290 pp.

Baillon, H. E.  1862.  Deuxieme memoire sur les Loranthacées.  Adansonia 3: 50–128.

_____.  1880.  Sur la tribu des Labordiées.  Bull. Mens. Soc. Linn. Paris 1: 238–240.

_____.  1886 [1885].  Campanulacées.  Hist. pl. 8: 317–374.

_____.  1891.  Observations sur les Sapotacées de la Nouvelle‑Calédonie.  Bull. Mens. Soc. Linn. Paris 2: 945–949, 963–965.

_____.  1892 [1891].  Sapotacées.  Hist. pl. 11: 255–304.

Baker, J. K. and M. S. Allen.  1976.  Hybrid Hibiscadelphus (Malvaceae) from Hawaii.  Phytologia 33: 276.

_____.  1977 [1978].  Hybrid Hibiscadelphus (Malvaceae) in the Hawaiian Islands.  Pacific Sci. 31: 285–291.

Bakhuizen van den Brink, R. C., Jr.  1936–1955.  Revisio Ebenacearum Malayensium.  Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenzorg, sér. 3, 15: 1–515.

Baldwin, B. G. 1992. Phylogenetic utility of the internal transcribed spacers of nuclear ribosomal DNA in plants: an example from the Compositae.   Mol. Phylo. Evol. 1: 3–16.

_____.  1993. Molecular phylogenetics of Calycadenia (Compositae) based on ITS sequences of nuclear ribosomal DNA: chromosomal and morphological evolution reexamined.   Amer. J. Bot. 80: 222–238.

_____.  1997. Adaptive radiation of the Hawaiian Silversword alliance: congruence and conflict of phylogenetic evidence from molecular and non-molecular investigations. Pp. 104–128 in T. J. Givnish and K. J. Sytsma, eds. Molecular Evolution and Adaptive Radiation. Cambridge Univ. Press, New York.

Baldwin, B. G. and G. D. Carr. 2005. Dubautia kalalauensis, a new species of the Hawaiian silversword alliance (Compositae, Madiinae) from northwestern Kaua`i, U.S.A. Novon 15: 259-263.

Baldwin, B. G. and E. A. Friar. 2010. Dubautia carrii and D. hanaulaensis, New species of the Hawaiian silversword alliance (Compositae, Madiinae) from Moloka`i and Maui. Novon 20: 1-8.

Baldwin, B. G., D. W. Kyhos, and J. Dvorak. 1990. Chloroplast DNA evolution and adaptive radiation in the Hawaiian silversword alliance (Madiinae, Asteraceae). Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 77: 96–109.

Baldwin, B. G., D. W. Kyhos, J. Dvorak, and G. D. Carr. 1991. Chloroplast DNA evidence for a North American origin of the Hawaiian silversword alliance (Asteraceae). Proc. Nat. Acad. Sciences, USA 88: 1840–1843.

Baldwin, B. G. and R. H. Robichaux. 1995. Historical biogeography and ecology of the Hawaiian silversword alliance (Asteraceae). New molecular phylogenetic perspectives. Pp. 259-287 in W. L. Wagner and V. A. Funk, eds. Hawaiian biogeography: evolution on a hotspot archipelago. Smithsonian Institution Press, Washington.

Baldwin, B. G. and M. J. Sanderson. 1998. Age and rate of diversification of the Hawaiian silversword alliance (Compositae). Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 95: 9402 –9406.

Baldwin, R. E.  1979.  Hawaii's poisonous plants.  Petroglyph Press, Hilo, Hawaii, 112 pp.

Balgooy, M. M. J. van.  1966.  Osteomeles Lindl.:  in Steenis, C. G. G. J. van, and M. M. J. van Balgooy (eds.), Pacific plant areas, Vol. 2.  Blumea Suppl. 5: 294–295.

Ball, P. W.  1968.  Lotusin Tutin, T. G., V. H. Heywood, N. A. Burges, D. M. Moore, D. H. Valentine, S. M. Walters, and D. A. Webb (eds.), Flora Europaea 2: 173–176.

Ball, P. W. and V. H. Heywood.  1964.  A revision of the genus Petrorhagia.  Bull. Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.), Bot. 3: 119–172.

Ball, P. W., A. A. Reznicek, and D. F. Murray. 2009. Cyperaceae, in Flora North America online. Accessed 5/14/09: http://www.efloras.org/florataxon.aspx?flora_id=1&taxon_id=242357691

Ballard, H. E. and K. J. Sytsma. 2000. Evolution and biogeography of the woody Hawaiian violets (Viola, Violaceae): Arctic origins, herbaceous ancestry and bird dispersal. Evolution 54:1521-1532.

Ballard, R. E.  1975.  A biosystematic and chemosystematic study of the Bidens pilosa complex in North and Central America.  Ph.D. dissertation, Univ. Iowa, Iowa City, 294 pp.

_____.  1986.  Bidens pilosa complex (Asteraceae) in North and Central America.  Amer. J. Bot. 73: 1452–1465.

Barkworth, M. E. 1990. Nassella (Gramineae, Stipeae): revised interpretation and nomenclatural changes. Taxon 39: 597–614.

Barlow, B. A.  1964.  Classification of the Loranthaceae and Viscaceae.  Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 89: 268–272.

_____. 1997. Viscaceae. Fl. Malesiana 13: 403–442.

Barneby, R.C. and J. W. Grimes. 1996. Silk Tree, Guanacaste, Monkey's Earring: A generic system for the synandrous Mimosaceae of the Americas. Part I. Abarema, Albizia, and Allies. Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 72: 254.

Barneby, R. C. and B. A. Krukoff.  1982.  Notes on the species of Erythrina.  XVI.  Allertonia 3: 7–9.

Bartram, E. B.  1952.  High altitude mosses from Mauna Kea, island of Hawaii.  Occas. Pap. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 20(17): 297–300.

Bates, D. M.  1965.  Notes on the cultivated Malvaceae 1.  Hibiscus.  Baileya 13: 56–130.

_____.  1968.  Notes on the cultivated Malvaceae 2.  Abelmoschus.  Baileya 16: 99–112.

Beccari, O.  1889.  Le palme del genere Pritchardia.  Malesia 3: 281–317.

_____.  1913.  Contributi alla conoscenza delle Palme.  Webbia 4: 143–240.

_____. (U. Martelli, ed.).  1931.  Asiatic palms-Corypheae.  Ann. Roy. Bot. Gard. (Calcutta) 13: 1–354.

Beccari, O. and J. F. Rock.  1921.  A monographic study of the genus Pritchardia.  Mem. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 8: 1–77.

Beck, G.  1888.  Itinera principum S. Coburgi.  Vol. II.  Carl Gerold's Sohn, Vienna, 205 pp.

Becker, W.  1916.  Violae Asiaticae et Australenses.  I.  Beih. Bot. Centralbl. 34: 208–266.

Belcher, R. O.  1955.  The typification of Crassocephalum Moench and Gynura Cass.  Kew Bull. 1955: 455–465.

_____.  1956.  A revision of the genus Erechtites (Compositae), with inquiries into Senecio and Arrhenechthites.  Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 43: 1–85.

Bell, G. H. 1998. Davalliaceae. Fl. Australia 48: 434–450.

Benl, G.  1940a.  Die Systematik der Gattung Gahnia Forst.  Bot. Arch. 40: 151–257.

_____.  1940b.  Nomina nova vel emendata generis Gahniae Forst.  Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 39: 30–34.

Benson, L.  1982.  The cacti of the United States and Canada.  Stanford Univ. Press, Stanford, 1044 pp.

Bentham, G.  1830. Phyllostegia.  Edwards's Bot. Reg. 15: 1292.

_____.  1831.  Labiatae:  in Chamisso, L. C. A. von, and D. F. L. Schlechtendal, De plantis in expeditione speculatoria Romanzoffiana observatis.  Linnaea 6: 76–82.

_____.  1832–1836.  Labiatarum genera et species: or, a description of the genera and species of plants of the order Labiatae; with their general history, characters, affinities, and geographical distribution.  James Ridgway and Sons, London, 783 pp.

_____.  1842.  Notes on Mimoseae.  London J. Bot. 1: 318–392; not seen.

_____.  1848.  Labiatae.  Prodr. 12: 27–603, 697–701.

_____.  1863.  Sapindaceae.  Fl. Australiensis 1: 451–488.

_____.  1871.  Revision of the genus Cassia.  Trans. Linn. Soc. London 27: 503–591.

_____.  1876a.  Addenda et corrigenda in volumine secundo.  Compositae.  Gen. pl. 2(2): 1230–1238.

_____.  1876b.  Campanulaceae.  Gen. pl. 2(2): 541–564.

_____.  1876c.  Convolvulaceae.  Gen. pl. 2(2): 865–881.

Bentham, G. and J. D. Hooker. 1883. Genera Plantarum ad exemplaria imprimis in herbariis kewensibus servata definita. Vol. 3(2): 447–1258. Lovell Reeve & Co., London.

Berg, C. C. 2005. Moraceae in Staples G. W. & Herbst D. R. A tropical garden flora. Bishop Museum Press, Honolulu.

Bergman, H. F.  1932.  Intracarpellary fruits and other central proliferations of the floral axis in Hibiscus.  Amer. J. Bot. 19: 600–603.

Berry, P. E.  1982.  The systematics and evolution of Fuchsia sect. Fuchsia (Onagraceae).  Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 69: 1–198.

Berry, R. J. 1992. The significance of island biotas. Biol. J. Linn. Soc. 46: 3–12.

Besser, W. S. J. G. von.  1834.  Artemisia Linnaei.  Nouv. Mèm. Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscou 3: 21–89.

Bille, S.  1852.  Bericht über die Reise der Corvette Galathea um die Welt in den Jahren 1845, 46, und 47.  Aus dem Dänischen Übersetst, und theilweise bearbeitet von W. von Rosen.  Erster Band; Zweiter Band.  C. A. Reitzel, Copenhagen, 517 pp.  [Translation from the original Danish by the Misses Hedemann, of Copenhagen, through C. J. Hedemann, 1931, on file Bishop Museum Library, 239 pp.]

Bishop, L. E. and D. R. Herbst.  1973.  A new Hibiscadelphus (Malvaceae) from Kaua`i.  Brittonia 25: 290–293.

Bitter, F. A. G.  1900.  Die phanerogamische Pflanzenwelt der Insel Laysan.  Abh. Naturwiss. Vereine Bremen 16: 430–439.

_____.  1910–1911.  Die Gattung Acaena.  Vorstudien zu einer Monographie.  Biblioth. Bot. 74: 1–336.

Blackmore, S., and E. Tootill (eds.).  1984.  The facts on file dictionary of botany.  Market House Books Ltd., Aylesbury, Great Britain, 391 pp.

Blake, S. F.  1921.  Revision of the genus Acanthospermum.  Contr. U.S. Natl. Herb. 20: 383–392.

Blake, S. T.  1971.  A revision of Plectranthus (Labiatae) in Australasia.  Contr. Queensland Herb. 9: 1–120.

Blume, C. L. 1858. Flora Javae et insularum adjacentium nova series, Vol. 1 (Orchidaceae). Publ. Priv., Leiden, C. G. Sulpke, Amsterdam.

Boeckeler, O.  1874.  Die Cyperaceen des Königlichen Herbariums zu Berlin.  Linnaea 38: 223–355.

_____.  1875.  Diagnosen neuer Cyperaceen.  Flora 58: 257–266.

_____.  1880.  Diagnosen neuer Cyperaceen.  Flora 63: 435–440.

Boeke, J. E.  1942.  On quantitative statistical methods in taxonomy; subdivision of a polymorphous species:  Planchonella sandwicensis (Gray) Pierre.  Blumea 5: 47–65.

Boissier, P. E.  1862.  Euphorbiaceae, subordo I.  Euphorbieae.  Prodr. 15(2): 3–188.

_____.  1866.  Icones Euphorbiarum ou figures de cent vingt-deux espèces du genre Euphorbia, dessinées et gravées par Heyland avec des considérations sur la classification et la distribution géographique des plantes de ce genre.  Victor Masson et fils, Paris, 24 pp.

Boott, F.  1867.  Illustrations of the genus Carex.  Part 4.  William Pamplin, London, pp. 123–233, pl. 412600.

Borssum Waalkes, J. van.  1966.  Malesian Malvaceae revised.  Blumea 14: 1–213.

Bosman, M. T. M. and A. J. P. de Haas.  1983.  A revision of the genus Tephrosia (Leguminosae-Papilionoideae) in Malesia.  Blumea 28: 421–487.

Bostock, P. D. 1998a. Adiantaceae (except Cheilanthes). Fl. Australia 48: 248–271.

_____. 1998b. Thelypteridaceae. Fl. Australia 48: 327–271.

Bostock, P. D. and T. M. Spokes. 1998a. Hymenophyllaceae. Fl. Australia 48: 116–148.

_____. 1998b. Polypodiaceae. Fl. Australia 48: 468–495.

Bradley, T. R.  1975.  Hybridization between Triodanis perfoliata and Triodanis biflora (Campanulaceae).  Brittonia 27: 110–114.

Braid, K. W.  1925.  Revision of the genus Alphitonia.  Bull. Misc. Inform. 1925: 168–186, 320.

Brand, A.  1913.  Hydrophyllaceae.  Pflanzenr. IV. 251 (Heft 59): 1–210.

Brandbyge, J. 1993. Polygonaceae, pp. 531–544: in, K. Kubitzki, J. G. Rohwer, and V. Bittrich (eds.), The families and genera of vascular plants. II.   Springer-Verlag, Berlin.

Brattsten, I.  1945.  Stammens och bladets anatomiska byggnad hos Plantago fernandezia Bert. och P. pachyphylla Gray.  Acta Horti Gothob. 16: 165–184.

Breedlove, D. E., P. E. Berry, and P. H. Raven.  1982.  The Mexican and Central American species of Fuchsia (Onagraceae) except for sect. Encliandra.  Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 69: 209–234.

Bremekamp, C. E. B.  1966.  Remarks on the position, the delimitation and the subdivision of the Rubiaceae.  Acta Bot. Neerl. 15: 1–33.

Bremer, K. 1994. Asteraceae: cladistics & classification. Timber Press, Portland Oregon.

Bremer, K. and C. Humphries. 1993. Generic monograph of the Asteraceae-Anthemideae.   Bull. Nat. Hist. Mus., Bot. Series 23: 71–177.

Briggs, B. G., R. C. Carolin, and J. M. Pulley.  1977.  Plantaginaceae:  in Tindale, M. D. (ed.), Flora of New South Wales.  D. West, Government Printer, New South Wales, 35 pp.

Brigham, W. T.  1868.  Notes on Hesperomannia, a new genus of Hawaiian Compositae.  Mem. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. 1: 527–528.

Briquet, J.  1897.  Labiatae.  Nat. Pflanzenfam. IV. 3a: 183–375.

Britten, L., A. Brueckner, H. B. Christian, R. A. Dyer, M. D. Henderson, D. J. B. Killick, R. Story, I. C. Verdoorn, and H. Wild.  1954.  Newly described species.  Bothalia 6: 415–451.

Brongniart, A.  1829.  Phanérogamie:  in Duperrey, L. I., Voyage autour du monde, exécuté par ordre du roi, sur la Corvette de Sa Majesté, La Coquille, pendant les années 1822, 1823, 1824 et 1825, sous le ministère et conformément aux instructions de S. E. M. le Marquis de Clermont-Tonnerre, ministre de la marine.  Arthus Bertrand, Paris, 232 pp.

Brousse, R., H. G. Barsczus, H. Bellon, J.-M. Cantagrel, C. Diraison, H. Guillou, and C. Leotot. 1990. Les Marquises (Polynésie française): volcanologie, géochronologie, discussion d'un modèle de point chaud. Bull. Soc. géol. France (ser. 8) 6: 933–949.

Brown, F. B. H.  1922.  The secondary xylem of Hawaiian trees.  Occas. Pap. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 8(6): 217–371.

_____.  1931.  Flora of southeastern Polynesia I.  Monocotyledons.  Bernice P. Bishop Mus. Bull. 84: 1–194, 35 pl. 9.

_____.  1935.  Flora of southeastern Polynesia III.  Dicotyledons.  Bernice P. Bishop Mus. Bull. 130: 1–386.

Brown, E. D. W. and F. B. H. Brown. 1931. Flora of southeastern Polynesia II.  Pteridophytes.  Bernice P. Bishop Mus. Bull. 89: 1–123, 21 pl.

Brown, N. E.  1914.  Notes on the genera Cordyline, Dracaena, Pleomele, Sansevieria and Taetsia.  Bull. Misc. Inform. 1914: 273–279.

Brownsey, P. J. 1998a. Dennstaedtiaceae. Fl. Australia 48: 214–228.

Brownsey, P. J. 1998b. Aspleniaceae. Fl. Australia 48: 295–327.

Bruegmann, M. M. 1998. Report on a botanical survey of Midway Atoll, April 1–7, 1995. U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Honolulu.

_____. 1999. New records of flowering plants on Midway Atoll. Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 59: 1–2.

Bruneau, A., M. Mercure, G. P. Lewis, and P. S. Herendeen. 2008. Phylogenetic patterns and diversification in caesalpinioid legumes. Botany 86: 697-718.

Buck, P. H. (Te Rangi Hiroa). 1953. Explorers of the Pacific. Bernice P. Bishop Museum special publication 43. Honolulu.

Bullock, A. A.  1958.  Nomenclatural notes:  VI.  Kew Bull. 13: 97–100.

Burkart, A.  1976.  A monograph of the genus Prosopis (Leguminosae subfam. Mimosoideae).  J. Arnold Arbor. 57: 219–249, 450–525.

Burney, D. A., S. L. Olson, L. P. Burney, H. F. James, W. Kikuchi, W. L. Wagner, M. Burney, D. McCloskey, D. Kikuchi, F. V. Grady, R. Gage III, and R. Nishek. 2001. Fossil evidence for a diverse biota from Kaua`i and its transformation since human arrival. Ecol. Monogr. 71: 615–641.

Burtt, B. L.  1972.  General introduction to papers on Zingiberaceae.  Notes Roy. Bot. Gard. Edinburgh 31: 155–165.

Burtt, B. L. and R. M. Smith.  1972.  Key species in the taxonomic history of Zingiberaceae.  Notes Roy. Bot. Gard. Edinburgh 31: 177–228.

_____.  1986.  Etlingera:  the inclusive name for Achasma, Geanthus and Nicolaia (Zingiberaceae).  Notes Roy. Bot. Gard. Edinburgh 43: 235–241.

Buss, C. C., T. G. Lammers and R. R. Wise. 2001. Seed coat morphology and its systematic implications in Cyanea and other genera of Lobelioideae (Campanulaceae). Amer. J. Bot. 88:1301–1308.

Butaud, J.-F, f. Rives, D. Verhaegen, and J.-M. Bouvet. 2005. Phytogeography of Eastern Polynesian sandalwood (Santalum insulare), an endangered tree species from the Pacific: a study based on chloroplast microsatellites. J. Biogeogr. 32: 1763-1774.

Top 

Cabrera, A. L.  1966.  The genus Lagenophora (Compositae).  Blumea 14: 285–308.

Cambage, R. H.  1924.  The evolution of the genus Acacia.  Proc. Pan-Pacific Sci. Congr., Australia 1: 297–307.

Camus, J. M. 1998. Marattiaceae. Fl. Australia 48: 109–112.

Candolle, A. C. P. de.  1866.  Piperaceae novae.  J. Bot. 4: 132–147, 161–167, 210–219.

_____.  1869.  Piperaceae.  Prodr. 16(1): 235–471.

_____.  1898.  Piperaceae novae.  Annuaire Conserv. Jard. Bot. Genève 2: 252–288.

_____.  1912.  Piperaceae:  in Hochreutiner, B. P. G., Plantae Hochreutineraneae, étude systématique et biologique des collections faites par l'auteur au cours de son voyage aux Indes Néerlandaises et autour du monde pendant les années 1903 à 1905.  Fascicule I.  Annuaire Conserv. Jard. Bot. Genève 15: 231–235.

_____.  1913.  The Hawaiian peperomias.  Coll. Hawaii Publ. Bull. 2: 1–38.

_____.  1923.  Piperacearum clavis analytica.  Candollea 1: 65–415.

Candolle, A. L. P. P. de.  1841.  Second mémoire sur la famille des Myrsinéacées.  Ann. Sci. Nat. II, Bot. 16: 65–97.

_____.  1844a.  Apocynaceae.  Prodr. 8: 317–489, 675–677.

_____.  1844b.  Ebenaceae.  Prodr. 8: 209–243, 672–673.

_____.  1847.  Myoporaceae.  Prodr. 11: 701–716.

_____.  1857.  Santalaceae.  Prodr. 14: 619–692.

Candolle, A. P. de.  1824.  Capparideae.  Prodr. 1: 237–254.

_____.  1828.  Myrtaceae.  Prodr. 3: 207–296, 485.

_____.  1830.  Rubiaceae.  Prodr. 4: 341–622.

_____.  1836.  Compositae.  Prodr. 5: 4–706.

_____.  1838.  Continuatio Compositarum Senecionidearum.  Prodr. 6: 1–687.

_____.  1839a.  Lobeliaceae.  Prodr. 7(2): 339–413, 784–786.

_____.  1839b.  Epacrideae.  Prodr. 7(2): 734–771.

_____.  1839c.  Vaccinieae.  Prodr. 7(2): 552–579.

_____.  1845.  Cyrtandraceae.  Prodr. 9: 258–286, 564.

Canfield, J. E. 1986. The role of edaphic factors and plant water relations in plant distribution in the bog/wet forest complex of Alakai Swamp, Kaua`i, Hawaii. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Hawaii. Honolulu.

Canne, J. M.  1977.  A revision of the genus Galinsoga (Compositae:  Heliantheae).  Rhodora 79: 319–389.

Carlquist, S.  1956.  Documented chromosome numbers of plants.  Madroño 13: 205–206.

_____.  1957a.  The genus Fitchia (Compositae).  Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. 29: 1–144.

_____.  1957b.  Systematic anatomy of Hesperomannia.  Pacific Sci. 11: 207–215.

_____. 1957b. Leaf anatomy and ontogeny in Argyroxiphium and Wilkesia Compositae). Amer. J. Bot. 44: 696–705.

_____.  1958a.  Structure and ontogeny of glandular trichomes of Madinae (Compositae).  Amer. J. Bot. 45: 675–682.

_____.  1958b.  Wood anatomy of Heliantheae (Compositae).  Trop. Woods 108: 1–30.

_____.  1959a.  Studies on Madinae:  anatomy, cytology, and evolutionary relationships.  Aliso 4: 171–236.

_____.  1959b.  Vegetative anatomy of Dubautia, Argyroxiphium, and Wilkesia (Compositae).  Pacific Sci. 13: 195–210.

_____.  1962a.  Ontogeny and comparative anatomy of thorns of Hawaiian Lobeliaceae.  Amer. J. Bot. 49: 413–419.

_____.  1962b.  Trematolobelia:  seed dispersal; anatomy of fruit and seeds.  Pacific Sci. 16: 126–134.

_____.  1965.  Island life.  A natural history of the islands of the world.  The Natural History Press, Garden City, N.Y., 451 pp.

_____.  1966a.  The biota of long-distance dispersal.  IV.  Genetic systems in the floras of oceanic islands.  Evolution 20: 433–455.

_____.  1966b.  The biota of long-distance dispersal.  II.  Loss of dispersibility in Pacific Compositae.  Evolution 20: 30–48.

_____.  1966c.  The biota of long-distance dispersal.  III.  Loss of dispersibility in the Hawaiian flora.  Brittonia 18: 310–335.

_____. 1967. The biota of long-distance dispersal. V. Plant dispersal to the Pacific Islands. Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club 94: 129–162.

_____.  1969a.  Wood anatomy of Lobelioideae (Campanulaceae).  Biotropica 1: 47–72.

_____.  1969b.  Wood anatomy of Goodeniaceae and the problem of insular woodiness.  Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 56: 358–390.

_____.  1970.  Wood anatomy of Hawaiian, Macaronesian, and other species of Euphorbiain Robson, N. K. B., D. F. Cutler, and M. Gregory (eds.), New research in plant anatomy.  J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 63, Suppl. 1: 181–193.

_____. 1974.  Island biology.  Columbia Univ. Press, New York, 660 pp.

_____.  1980.  Hawaii, a natural history.  Geology, climate, native flora and fauna above the shoreline.  2nd ed.  Pacific Tropical Botanical Garden, Lawai, Hawaii, 468 pp.

_____.  1981a.  Wood anatomy of Pittosporaceae.  Allertonia 2: 355–392.

_____. 1981b. Chance dispersal. American Scientist 69: 509–516.

Carlquist, S. and D. R. Bissing.  1976.  Leaf anatomy of Hawaiian geraniums in relation to ecology and taxonomy.  Biotropica 8: 248–259.

Carolin, R. C.  1964.  The genus Geranium L. in the south western Pacific area.  Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 89: 326–361.

_____.  1966.  Seeds and fruit of the Goodeniaceae.  Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 91: 68–83.

_____.  1970.  The trichomes of the Goodeniaceae.  Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 96: 8–22.

_____. 1990. Nomenclatural notes, new taxa and the systematic arrangement in the genus Scaevola (Goodeniaceae) including synonyms. Telopea 3: 477–515.

Carr, G. D.  1978.  Chromosome numbers of Hawaiian flowering plants and the significance of cytology in selected taxa.  Amer. J. Bot. 65: 236–242.

_____.  1979 [1980].  Two new species in the Hawaiian endemic genus Dubautia (Compositae).  Pacific Sci. 33: 233–237.

_____.  1985a.  Habital variation in the Hawaiian Madiinae (Heliantheae) and its relevance to generic concepts in the Compositae.  Taxon 34: 22–25.

_____.  1985b.  Monograph of the Hawaiian Madiinae (Asteraceae):  Argyroxiphium, Dubautia, and Wilkesia.  Allertonia 4: 1–123.

_____.  1985c.  Additional chromosome numbers of Hawaiian flowering plants.  Pacific Sci. 39: 302–306.

_____. 1995. A fully fertile intergeneric hybrid derivative from Argyroxiphium sandwicense ssp. macrocephalum x Dubautia menziesii (Asteraceae) and its relevance to plant evolution in the Hawaiian Islands. Amer. J. Bot. 82: 1574–1581.

_____. 1998a. Another new species of Dubautia (Asteraceae-Madiinae) from Kaua`i, Hawaiian Islands. Novon 8: 8–11.

_____. 1998b. Chromosome evolution and speciation in Hawaiian flowering plants. Pp. 5-47 in T. F. Stuessy and M. Ono, eds. Evolution and Speciation of Island Plants. Cambridge Univ. Press, New York.

Carr, G. D. and J. K. Baker.  1977.  Cytogenetics of Hibiscadelphus (Malvaceae):  a meiotic analysis of hybrids in Hawaii Volcanoes National Park.  Pacific Sci. 31: 191–194.

Carr, G. D. and D. W. Kyhos.  1981.  Adaptive radiation in the Hawaiian silversword alliance (Compositae-Madiinae).  I.  Cytogenetics of spontaneous hybrids.  Evolution 35: 543–556.

_____.  1986.  Adaptive radiation in the Hawaiian silversword alliance (Compositae-Madiinae).  II.  Cytogenetics of artificial and natural hybrids.  Evolution 40: 959–976.

Carr, G. and D. H. Lorence. 1998. A new species of Dubautia (Asteraceae-Madiinae) from Kaua`i, Hawaiian Islands. Novon 8: 4–7.

Carr, G. D., E. A. Powell and D. W. Kyhos. 1986. Self-incompatibility in the Hawaiian Madiinae (Compositae): an exception to Baker's Rule. Evolution 40: 430–434.

Carr, G. D., R. H. Robichaux, M. S. Witter and D. W. Kyhos. 1989. Adaptive radiation of the Hawaiian silversword alliance (Compostae-Madiinae): a comparison with Hawaiian picture-winged Drosophila. In L. V. Giddings, K. Y. Kaneshiro, and W. W. Anderson [eds.], Genetics, speciation, and the founder principle, 79–97. Oxford University Press, New York.

Carson, H. L. 1987. Colonization and speciation. In A. J. Gray, M. J. Crawley, and P. J. Edwards [eds.], Colonization, succession, and stability, 187–206. Blackwell, Oxford.

_____. 1990. Increased genetic variance after a population bottleneck. Trends in Ecology and Evolution 5: 228–230.

Carson, H.L. and D.A. Clague. 1995. Geology and biogeography of the Hawaiian Islands, pp. 14–29. In: Wagner, W.L. & V.A. Funk (eds.), Hawaiian biogeography: Evolution on a hot spot archipelago. Smithsonian Institution Press, Washington.

Carson, H. L., J. P. Lockwood, and E. M. Craddock. 1990. Extinction and recolonization of local populations on a growing shield volcano. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 87: 7055–7057.

Carson, H. L. and A. R. Templeton. 1984. Genetic revolutions in relation to speciation phenomenon: the founding of new populations. Ann. Rev. Ecol. Syst. 15: 97–131.

Casadevall, T. J., J. B. Stokes, L. P. Greenland, L. L. Malinconico, J. R. Casadevall, and B. T. Furukawa.  1987.  SO2 and CO2 emission rates at Kilauea Volcano, 1979–1984:  in Decker, R. W., T. L. Wright, and P. H. Stauffer (eds.), Volcanism in Hawaii.  U.S. Geol. Surv. Prof. Pap. 1350: 771–780.

Catalán, P., R. J. Soreng, and P. M. Peterson. 2009. Festuca aloha and F. molokaiensis (Poaceae: Loliinae), two new species from Hawai`i. J. Bot. Res. Inst. Texas 3: 51-58.

Catalán, P., P. Torrecilla, J. A. López-Rodríguez, J. Müller, and C. A. Stace. 2007. A systematic approach to subtribe Loliinae (Poaceae: Pooideae) based on phylogenetic evidence. Aliso 23: 380–405.

Caum, E. L.  1930.  New Hawaiian plants.  Occas. Pap. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 9(5): 1–30.

_____.  1933.  Notes on Pteralyxia.  Occas. Pap. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 10(8): 1–24.

_____.  1934.  A new Hawaiian Abutilon.  Occas. Pap. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 10(15): 1–7.

Caum, E. L. and E. Y. Hosaka.  1936.  A new species of Schiedea.  Occas. Pap. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 11(23): 1–5.

Chambers, T. C., P. A. Farrant. 1998. Cheilanthes. Fl. Australia 48: 271–286.

_____. 1998. Blechnum. Fl. Australia 48: 364–384.

Chamisso, L. A. von.  1829.  Aquaticae quaedam diversae affinitatis:  in Chamisso, L. A. von, and D. F. L. von Schlechtendal, De plantis in expeditione speculatoria Romanzoffiana observatis.  Linnaea 4: 497–508.

_____.  1831.  Arcticae:  in Chamisso, L. A. von, and D. F. L. von Schlechtendal, De plantis in expeditione speculatoria Romanzoffiana observatis.  Linnaea 6: 528–592.

_____.  1833a.  Lobeliaceae:  in Chamisso, L. A. von, and D. F. L. von Schlechtendal, De plantis in expeditione speculatoria Romanzoffiana observatis.  Linnaea 8: 201–223.

_____.  1833b.  Goodenoviae R. B.:  in Chamisso, L. A. von, and D. F. L. von Schlechtendal, De plantis in expeditione speculatoria Romanzoffiana observatis.  Linnaea 8: 224–228.

Chamisso, L. A. von, and D. F. L. von Schlechtendal.  1826a.  De plantis in expeditione speculatoria Romanzoffiana observatis.  Linnaea 1: 1–73.

_____.  1826b.  De plantis in expeditione speculatoria Romanzoffiana observatis.  Linnaea 1: 511–570.

_____.  1826c.  De plantis in expeditione speculatoria Romanzoffiana observatis.  Linnaea 1: 165–226.

_____.  1827.  De plantis in expeditione speculatoria Romanzoffiana observatis.  Linnaea 2: 145–233.

_____.  1829a.  De plantis in expeditione speculatoria Romanzoffiana observatis.  Linnaea 4: 129–202.

_____.  1829b.  De plantis in expeditione speculatoria Romanzoffiana observatis.  Linnaea 4: 1–36.

Chance, G. D. and J. D. Bacon.  1984.  Systematic implications of seed coat morphology in Nama (Hydrophyllaceae).  Amer. J. Bot. 71: 829–842.

Chang, S.‑D.  1973.  Gazetteer:  in Armstrong, R. W. (ed.), Atlas of Hawaii.  Univ. Hawaii Press, Honolulu, pp. 215–222.

Char, W. P.  1983.  A revision of the Hawaiian species of Sesbania (Leguminosae).  Master's thesis, Univ. Hawaii, Honolulu, 183 pp.

Chase M. W., J. L. Reveal, and M. F. Fay. 2009. A subfamilial classification for the expanded asparagalean families Amaryllidaceae, Asparagaceae and Xanthorrhoeaceae. Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 161: 132-136.

Chaudhri, M. N., I. H. Vegter and C. M. DeWal.  1972.  Index Herbariorum.  Part II(3), Collectors, I-L.  Regnum Veg. 86: 297–473.

Chemisquy, M. A., L. M. Giussani, M. A. Scataglini, E. A. Kellogg, and O. Morrone. 2010. Phylogenetic studies favour the unification of Pennisetum, Cenchrus, and Odontelytrum (Poaceae): a combined nuclear, plastid and morphological analysis, and nomenclatural combinations in Cenchrus. Ann. Bot. 106:107–130.

Chinnock, R. J. 1998a. Psilotaceae. Fl. Australia 48: 47–53.

_____. 1998b. Lycopodiaceae. Fl. Australia 48: 66–85.

_____. 1998c. Schizaeaceae. Fl. Australia 48: 177–183.

Chinnock, R. J. and G. H. Bell. 1998. Gleicheniaceae. Fl. Australia 48: 148–162.

Chock, A. T. K.  1956.  A taxonomic revision of the Hawaiian species of the genus Sophora Linnaeus (family Leguminosae).  Pacific Sci. 10: 136–158.

_____.  1963.  J. F. Rock, 1884–1962.  Taxon 12: 89–102.

Choisy, J. D.  1841.  De convolvulaceis dissertatio tertia, complectens Cuscutarum hucusque cognitarum methodicam enumerationem et descriptionem, necnon et brevum gallicam de Cuscutis praefactionem.  Mém. Soc. Phys. Genève 9: 261–288; not seen.

_____.  1855.  Mémoire sur les familles des Ternstroemiacées et Camelliacées.  Jules‑Guillaume Fick, 98 pp.

Chow, K. H.  1971.  Morphological variation and breeding behavior of some tropical and subtropical legumes.  Ph.D. dissertation, Cornell Univ., Ithaca, 344 pp.

Christenhusz, M. J. M., X.-C. Zhang, and H. Schneider. 2011. A linear sequence of extant families and genera of lycophytes and ferns. Phytotaxa. 19:7–54.

Christophersen, E.  1934.  A new Hawaiian Abutilon.  Occas. Pap. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 10(15): 1–7.

Christophersen, E. and E. L. Caum.  1931.  Vascular plants of the Leeward Islands, Hawaii.  Bernice P. Bishop Mus. Bull. 81: 1–41.

Chubb, L. J. 1930. Geology of the Marquesas Islands. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. Bull. 68: 1–71.

Clague, D. A. 1996. The growth and subsidence of the Hawaiian-Emperor volcanic chain. Pp. 35-50 in A. Keast and S.E. Miller, eds. The Origin and Evolution of Pacific Island Biotas, New Guinea to Eastern Polynesia: Patterns and Processes. SPB Academic Publishing bv, Amsterdam.

Clague, D. A., and G. B. Dalrymple.  1987.  The Hawaiian-Emperor volcanic chain:  in Decker, R. W., T. L. Wright, and P. H. Stauffer (eds.), Volcanism in Hawaii.  U.S. Geol. Surv. Prof. Pap. 1350: 1–54.

Clague, D. A. and R. T. Holcomb. 1996. The geography of the Hawaiian-Emperor island chain. In J. Gardner, M. Field, and D. Twichell [eds.], Geology of the U. S. Seafloor: the view from GLORIA. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge.

Clark, C. A. and F. W. Gould.  1978.  Dichanthelium subgenus Turfosa (Poaceae).  Brittonia 30: 54–59.

Clark, J. R., R. H. Ree, M. E. Alfaro, M. G. King, W. L. Wagner, and E. H. Roalson. 2008. A comparative study in ancestral range reconstruction methods: Retracing the uncertain histories of insular lineages. Syst. Biol. 57: 693-707. Clark, J. R., W. L. Wagner, and E. H. Roalson. 2009. Patterns of diversification and ancestral range reconstruction in the Southeast Asian-Pacific angiosperm lineage Cyrtandra (Gesneriaceae). Mol. Phylo. Evol. 53: 982-994. Clarke, C. B.  1883.  Cyrtandreae (Gesneracearum tribus).  Monogr. phan. 5: 1–303.

_____.  1908.  New genera and species of Cyperaceae.  Bull. Misc. Inform. 8: 1–20.

_____.  1909.  Illustrations of Cyperaceae, prepared under the direction of the late Charles Baron Clarke...  Williams & Norgate, London, 144 pls.

Clarke, H. D., D. S. Seigler & J. E. Ebinger. 2009. Taxonomic Revision of the Vachellia acuifera Species Group (Fabaceae: Mimosoideae) in the Carribean. Syst. Bot. 34: 84-101.

Clayton, W. D.  1964.  Studies of the Gramineae V.  New species of Andropogon.  Kew Bull. 17: 465–470.

_____.  1969.  A revision of the genus Hyparrhenia.  Kew Bull., Addit. Ser. 2: 1–196.

Clayton, W. D., K. T. Harman, and H. Williamson. (2006 onwards). GrassBase - The Online World Grass Flora. Accessed 11/8/06: ttp://www.kew.org/data/grasses-db.html.

Clayton, W. D. and N. Snow. 2010. A Key to Pacific Grasses. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew. 107 p.

Clemants, S. E. & S. L. Mosyakin. 2003. Dysphania. In: Chenopodiaceae. Flora of North America Volume 4. Oxford University Press. Pp. 267-275.

Codd, L. E.  1975.  Plectranthus (Labiatae) and allied genera in southern Africa.  Bothalia 11: 371–442.

Cogniaux, A.  1881.  Cucurbitaceae.  Monogr. phan. 3: 325–954.

_____. 1891.  Melastomaceae.  Monogr. phan. 7: 1–1256.

Conant, P. 1996. New Hawaiian pest plant records for 1995. Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 46: 1–2.

_____. 1998. Range extensions for melastomes in Hawaii. Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 56: 1–2.

Conant, S., C. C. Christensen, P. Conant, W. C. Gagné, and M. L. Goff.  1984.  The unique terrestrial biota of the Northwestern Hawaiian Islands:  in Grigg, R. W., and K. Y. Tanoue (eds.), Resource investigations in the Northwestern Hawaiian Islands.  Vol. 2.  Univ. Hawaii Sea Grant Coll. Program (UNIHI-SEAGRANT-MR-84–01), Honolulu, pp. 77–94.

Conn, B. J.  1980.  A taxonomic revision of Geniostoma subg. Geniostoma (Loganiaceae).  Blumea 26: 245–364.

Cooperrider, T. S. and M. M. Galang.  1965.  A Pluchea hybrid from the Pacific.  Amer. J. Bot. 52: 1020–1026.

Cooray, R. G.  1974.  Stand structure of a montane rain forest on Mauna Loa, Hawaii.  Master's thesis, Univ. Hawaii, Honolulu, 165 pp.

Coppens d'Eeckenbrugge, G., V. E. Barney, P. M. Jorgensen and J. M. MacDougal. 2001. Passiflora tarminiana, a new cultivated species of Passiflora subgenus Tacsonia (Passifloraceae). Novon 11: 8-15.

Core, E. L.  1936.  The American species of Scleria.  Brittonia 2: 1–107.

Corner, E. J. H.  1939.  Notes on the systematy and distribution of Malayan phanerogams III.  Gard. Bull. Straits Settlem. 10: 239–329.

_____.  1960.  Taxonomic notes on Ficus Linn., Asia and Australasia.  Gard. Bull. Straits Settlem. 17: 368–485.

_____.  1962.  The classification of Moraceae.  Gard. Bull. Straits Settlem. 19: 187–252.

_____.  1966.  The natural history of palms.  Univ. Calif. Press, Berkeley, 393 pp.

_____.  1975.  The evolution of Streblus Lour. (Moraceae):  with a new species of sect. Bleekrodea.  Phytomorphology 25: 1–12.

Correll, D. S. & H. B. Correll. 1982. Flora of the Bahama Archipelago. Cramer, Vaduz. 1692 p.

Cory, C. S.  1984.  Pollination biology of two species of Hawaiian Lobeliaceae (Clermontia kakeana and Cyanea angustifolia) and their presumed co‑evolved relationship with native honeycreepers (Drepanididae).  Master's thesis, Calif. State Univ., Fullerton, 83 pp.

Costello, A. and T. J. Motley. 2001. Molecular systematics of Tetraplasandra, Munroidendron and Reynoldsia sandwicensis (Araliaceae) and the evolution of superior ovaries in Tetraplasandra. Edinburgh J. Bot. 58:229-242.

Coulter, J. W.  1935.  A gazetteer of the Territory of Hawaii.  Univ. Hawaii Res. Publ. 11: 1–241.

Cowan, R. S.  1949.  A taxonomic revision of the genus Neraudia (Urticaceae).  Pacific Sci. 3: 231–270.

Cowardin, L. M., V. Carter, F. C. Golet and E. T. LaRoe.  1979.  Classification of wetlands and deepwater habitats of the United States.  U.S. Dept. Interior, Fish & Wildlife Serv., Biol. Serv. Program, FWS/OBS‑79/31: 1–103.

Cox, J. E.  1957.  Flowering and pollination of passion fruit.  Agric. Gaz. New South Wales 68: 573–576.

Cox, P. A.  1981.  Bisexuality in the Pandanaceae:  new findings in the genus Freycinetia.  Biotropica 13: 195–198.

_____.  1982.  Vertebrate pollination and the maintenance of dioecism in Freycinetia.  Amer. Naturalist 120: 65–80.

_____.  1983.  Extinction of the Hawaiian avifauna resulted in a change of pollinators for the ieie, Freycinetia arborea.  Oikos 4l: 195–199.

Cox, P. A., B. Wallace, and I. Baker.  1984.  Monoecism in the genus Freycinetia (Pandanaceae).  Biotropica 16: 313–314.

Crawford, D. L.  1937.  Hawaii's crop parade.  A review of useful products derived from the soil in the Hawaiian Islands, past and present.  Advertiser Publ. Co., Honolulu, 305 pp.

Crawford, D. J., R. Whitkus, and T. F. Stuessy. 1987. Plant evolution and speciation on oceanic islands. In K. M. Urbanska [ed.], Differentiation patterns in higher plants, 183–199. Academic Press, London.

Cribb, P. and W. A. Whistler. 1996. Orchids of Samoa. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew.

Cronk, Q. C. B., M. Kiehn, W. L. Wagner, and J. F. Smith. 2005. Evolution of Cyrtandra (Gesneriaceae) in the Pacific Ocean: the origin of a supertramp clade. Amer. J. Bot. 92: 1017-1024.

Cronquist, A.  1980.  Vascular flora of the southeastern United States.  Vol. I.  Asteraceae.  Univ. North Carolina Press, Chapel Hill, 261 pp.

_____.  1981.  An integrated system of classification of flowering plants.  Columbia Univ. Press, New York, 1262 pp.

Crough, S. T.  1983.  Hotspot swells.  Ann. Rev. Earth Planetary Sci. 11: 165–193.

Crow, G. E.  1978.  A taxonomic revision of Sagina (Caryophyllaceae) in North America.  Rhodora 80: 1–91.

Cuddihy, L. W. and C. P. Stone. 1990. Alteration of Hawaiian vegetation: Effects of humans, their activities and introductions. University of Hawaii Cooperative National Park Resources Studies Unit, Honolulu, HI.

Top 

Dadswell, H. E. and H. D. Ingle.  1947.  The wood anatomy of the Myrtaceae, I.  A note on the genera Eugenia, Syzygium, Acmena, and Cleistocalyx.  Trop. Woods 90: 1–7.

Dahlgren, R. M. T., H. T. Clifford, and P. F. Yeo.  1985.  The families of the Monocotyledons.  Structure, evolution, and taxonomy.  Springer‑Verlag, Berlin, 520 pp.

Dalrymple, G. B., M. A. Lanphere, and D. A. Clague. 1980. Conventional and 40Ar/39Ar, K-Ar ages of volcanic rocks from Ojin (Site 430), Nintoku (Site 432)   and Suiko (Site 433) seamounts and the chronology of volcanic propagation along the Hawaiian-Emperor Chain. In E. D. Jackson, I. Koisumi, et al., Initial Reports of the Deep Sea Drilling Project, vol. 55, 659–676. U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC.

Dalrymple, G. B., E. A. Silver, and E. D. Jackson. 1973. Origin of the Hawaiian Islands. Amer. Scientist 61: 294–308.

Danser, B. H.  1937.  A revision of the genus Korthalsella.  Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenzorg III, 14: 115–159.

D'Arcy, W. G.  1973.  Family 119.  Solanaceae:  in Woodson, R. E., Jr., R. W. Schery, and Collaborators, Flora of Panama.  Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 60: 573–780.

Darwin, S. P.  1979.  A synopsis of the indigenous genera of Pacific Rubiaceae.  Allertonia 2: 1–44.

Daubs, E. H. 1965. A monograph of Lemnaceae. Illinois Biol. Monograph. 34: 1–118.

Davey, J. C. and W. D. Clayton.  1978.  Some multiple discriminant function studies on Oplismenus (Gramineae).  Kew Bull. 33(1): 147–157.

Davidse, G.  1990. Notes and new combinations in Hawaiian Panicum (Poaceae:  Paniceae).  Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 77: 588–590.

Davis, P. H. and J. Cullen.  1979.  The identification of flowering plant families including a key to those native and cultivated in north temperate regions.  2nd ed.  Cambridge Univ. Press, London, 113 pp.

Decker, B. G. 1970. Plants, Man, and Landscape in Marquesan Valleys, French Polynesia. Ph. D. dissertation, University of California (Geography), Berkeley, California. Ann Arbor: University Microfilms 71–9790. 324 pages.

_____. 1992. Secondary plant cover on upland slopes, Marquesas Islands, French Polynesia. Atoll Research Bull. 363: 1–36.

Decker, R. W. and R. L. Christiansen.  1984.  Explosive eruptions of Kilauea Volcano, Hawaii:  in Explosive volcanism:  inception, evolution, and hazards.  Natl. Acad. Press, Washington, D.C., pp. 110–132.

DeFelice, R. C. 1999. A new distributional record for Halophila hawaiiana Doty & B. Stone (Hydrocharitaceae) in Hawaii. Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 59: 2-3.

Degener, O.  1930.  Illustrated guide to the more common or noteworthy ferns and flowering plants of Hawaii National Park.  Publ. privately, Honolulu, 312 pp.

_____.  1932–1980.  Flora Hawaiiensis or New illustrated flora of the Hawaiian Islands.  Publ. privately, Honolulu.  [See Mill et al., Taxon 34: 229–259 (1985) for citation of each of the 1,144 articles included in this work.]

_____.  1932a.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 257.  Hylocereus undatus.  Publ. privately, 2 pp.  Rep., 1946.

_____.  1932b.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 307.  Perispermum.  Publ. privately, 2 pp.  Rep., 1946.

_____.  1932c.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 221.  Abortopetalum.  Publ. privately, 2 pp.  Rep., 1946.

_____.  1932d.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 221.  Hibiscadelphus giffardianus.  Publ. privately, 2 pp.  Rep., 1946, with change.

_____.  1932e.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 221.  Pariti macrophyllum.  Publ. privately, 2 pp.  Rep., 1946, with change.

_____.  1932f.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 182.  Melia azedarach.  Publ. privately, 2 pp.  Rep., 1946.

_____.  1932g.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 215.  Ranunculus repens.  Publ. privately, 2 pp.  Rep., 1946.

_____.  1932h.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 318.  Brugmansia arborea.  Publ. privately, 2 pp.  Rep., 1946.

_____.  1932i.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 318.  Physalis peruviana.  Publ. privately, 2 pp.  Rep., 1946, with change.

_____.  1932j.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 68.  Pleomele aurea.  Publ. privately, 2 pp.  Rep., 1946.

_____.  1932k.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 62.  Rectanthera fragrans.  Publ. privately, 2 pp.

_____.  1932l.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 68.  Dianella multipedicellata.  Publ. privately, 2 pp.  Rep., 1946.

_____.  1932m.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 76.  Languas mutica.  Publ. privately, 2 pp.

_____.  1933a.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 305.  Catharanthus roseus.  Publ. privately, 2 pp.  Rep., 1946.

_____.  1933b.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 182.  Toona sureni.  Publ. privately, 2 pp.  Rep., 1946.

_____.  1933c.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 291.  Anagallis arvensis.  Publ. privately, 2 pp.  Rep., 1946.

_____.  1934a.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 305.  Catharanthus.  Publ. privately, 1 p.  Rep., 1946.

_____.  1934b.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 344.  Montanoa hibiscifolia.  Publ. privately, 2 pp.  Rep., 1946.

_____.  1934c.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 321.  Spathodea campanulata.  Publ. privately, 2 pp.  Rep., 1946.

_____.  1934d.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 169c.  Desmodium sandwicense; Desmodium procumbens.  Publ. privately, 2 pp.  Rep., 1946, with change.

_____.  1934e.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 169c.  Pueraria thunbergiana.  Publ. privately, 2 pp.  Rep., 1946.

_____.  1934f.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 169b.  Ditremexa occidentalis.  Publ. privately, 2 pp.  Rep., 1946.

_____.  1934g.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 221.  Kokia cookei.  Publ. privately, 2 pp.  Rep., 1946, with change.

_____.  1934h.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 221.  Sida paniculata.  Publ. privately, 2 pp.  Rep., 1946.

_____.  1934i.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 273.  Jambosa jambos.  Publ. privately, 2 pp.  Rep., 1946, with change.

_____.  1934j.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 318.  Datura metel f. pleniflora.  Publ. privately, 2 pp.  Rep., 1946.

_____.  1934k.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 76.  Hedychium coronarium.  Publ. privately, 2 pp.  Rep., 1946, with change.

_____.  1934l.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 76.  Hedychium flavum.  Publ. privately, 2 pp.  Rep., 1946.

_____.  1936a.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 140.  Hunnemannia; Hunnemannia fumariaefolia.  Publ. privately, 2 pp.  Rep., 1946.

_____.  1936b.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 110.  Persicaria densiflora.  Publ. privately, 2 pp.  Rep., 1946, with change.

_____.  1936c.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 167.  Rubus rosaefolius.  Publ. privately, 2 pp.  Rep., 1946.

_____.  1936d.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 63.  Eichhornia crassipes.  Publ. privately, 2 pp.  Rep., 1946.

_____.  1937a.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 241.  Bixaceae; Bixa; Bixa orellana.  Publ. privately, 2 pp.  Rep., 1946.

_____.  1937b.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 169a.  Acacia confusa.  Publ. privately, 2 pp.  Rep., 1946.

_____.  1937c.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 221.  Hibiscadelphus bombycinus.  Publ. privately, 2 pp.  Rep., 1946.

_____.  1937d.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 156.  Pittosporum undulatum.  Publ. privately, 2 pp.  Rep., 1946.

_____.  1938a.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 328.  Alternanthera repens.  Publ. privately, 2 pp.  Rep., 1946.

_____.  1938b.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 306.  Asclepias curassavica.  Publ. privately, 2 pp.  Rep., 1946.

_____.  1938c.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 221.  Gossypium brasiliense.  Publ. privately, 2 pp.  Rep., 1946.

_____.  1938d.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 167.  Rubus penetrans.  Publ. privately, 2 pp.  Rep., 1946.

_____.  1938e.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 70.  Agave sisalana.  Publ. privately, 2 pp.  Rep., 1946.

_____.  1939a.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 344.  Zemisne; Zemisne menziesii.  Publ. privately, 2 pp.

_____.  1939b.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 344.  Bidens pilosa.  Publ. privately, 2 pp.  Rep., 1946.

_____.  1939c.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 290.  Ardisia elliptica.  Publ. privately, 2 pp.  Rep., 1946.

_____.  1939d.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 273.  Psidium cattleianum.  Publ. privately, 2 pp.

_____.  1940a.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 344.  Bidens laevis.  Publ. privately, 2 pp.  Rep., 1946.

_____.  1940b.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 287.  Vaccinium dentatum, part 1.  Publ. privately, 2 pp.  Rep., 1946.

_____.  1940c.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 287.  Vaccinium pahalae.  Publ. privately, 2 pp.  Rep., 1946.

_____.  1940d.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 221.  Malvaviscus grandiflorus.  Publ. privately, 2 pp.  Rep., 1946.

_____.  1940e.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 83.  Piper methysticum.  Publ. privately, 2 pp.  Rep., 1946.

_____.  1940f.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 269.  Rhizophora mangle.  Publ. privately, 2 pp.  Rep., 1946.

_____.  1940g.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 76.  Costus speciosus.  Publ. privately, 2 pp.  Rep., 1946.

_____.  1943.  Stenogyne sherffii Degener, a new mint from Hawaii.  Brittonia 5: 58–59.

_____.  1945.  Plants of Hawaii National Park illustrative of plants and customs of the South Seas.  Edwards Brothers, Inc., Ann Arbor, Mich., 314 pp.

_____.  1961.  Scaevola misconceptions.  Taxon 10: 227–228.

Degener, O. and L. Croizat.  1936.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 190.  Chamaesyce, part 4.  Publ. privately, 2 pp.  Rep., 1946.

Degener, O. and I. Degener.  1957.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 305.  Rauvolfia sandwicensis.  Publ. privately, 2 pp.

_____.  1958a.  The Hawaiian beach Scaevola (Goodeniaceae).  Phytologia 6: 321.

_____.  1958b.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 269.  Bruguiera conjugata.  Publ. privately, 2 pp.

_____.  1959a.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 169c.  Canavalia lanaiensis.  Publ. privately, 2 pp.

_____.  1959b.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 273.  Psidium guajava, part 2.  Publ. privately, 2 pp.

_____.  1959c.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 140.  Argemone mexicana.  Publ. privately, 2 pp.

_____.  1960a.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 116.  Trianthema; Trianthema portulacastrum.  Publ. privately, 2 pp.

_____.  1960b.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 199.  Corynocarpaceae; Corynocarpus; Corynocarpus laevigatus.  Publ. privately, 2 pp.

_____.  1960c.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 263.  Cuphea carthagenensis.  Publ. privately, 2 pp.

_____.  1960d.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 221.  Malva parviflora.  Publ. privately, 2 pp.

_____.  1960e.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 273.  Psidium guajava, part 1.  Publ. privately, 2 pp.

_____.  1960f.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 276.  Epilobium oligodontum.  Publ. privately, 2 pp.

_____.  1960g.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 110.  Persicaria hydropiper.  Publ. privately, 2 pp.

_____.  1960h.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 63.  Monochoria vaginalis.  Publ. privately, 2 pp.

_____.  1961a.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 257.  Selenicereus.  Publ. privately, 2 pp.

_____.  1961b.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 257.  Selenicereus macdonaldiae.  Publ. privately, 2 pp.

_____.  1961c.  A new Hawaiian variety of Capparis.  Phytologia 7: 369.

_____.  1961d.  Gouldia in Hawaii.  Phytologia 7: 465–467.

_____.  1961e.  A new Dodonaea from Moloka`i, Hawaii.  Phytologia 7: 465.

_____.  1962a.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 328.  Nicoteba; Nicoteba betonica.  Publ. privately, 2 pp.

  _____.  1962b.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 167.  Fragaria vesca.  Publ. privately, 2 pp.

_____.  1963a.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 118.  Boussingaultia; Boussingaultia cordifolia.  Publ. privately, 2 pp.

_____.  1963b.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 62.  Commelina erecta.  Publ. privately, 2 pp.

_____.  1965a.  The Hawaiian genus Neowimmeria (Lobeliaceae).  Phytologia 12: 73.

_____. 1965b. Orchids of Hawaii Nei. Bull. Pacific Orchid Soc. Hawaii 23: 12–15.

_____.  1967a.  Partial review of Doty & Mueller‑Dombois' "Atlas," and new taxa in Hawaiian Rubiaceae.  Phytologia 14: 213–215.

_____.  1967b.  Partial review of Doty & Mueller‑Dombois' "Atlas," and new taxa in Hawaiian Rubiaceae, II.  Phytologia 15: 42–52.

_____.  1968a.  Review of F. E. Wimmer, Campanulaceae-Lobelioideae supplementum et Campanulaceae-Cyphioideae, Das Pflanzenreich, IV. 276c (108, Heft). I-X, 816–1024; with description of Trematolobelia wimmeri Deg. & Deg., sp. nov.  Phytologia 17: 369–371.

_____.  1968b.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 47.  Heteropogon; Heteropogon contortus.  Publ. privately, 4 pp.

_____.   1970a.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 274.  Tibouchina; Tibouchina urvilleana.  Publ. privately, 4 pp.

_____.  1970b.  Book review.  The genus Pelea, with pertinent and impertinent remarks.  Phytologia 19: 313–319.

_____.  1971a.  Some Aleurites taxa in Hawaii and a note regarding Argemone.  Phytologia 21: 315–319.

_____.  1971b.  Sophora in Hawaii.  Phytologia 21: 411–416.

_____.  1971c.  Scaevola kilaueae var. powersii Deg. & Deg.  Phytologia 21: 72.

_____.  1971d.  Numata & Asano, "Biological flora of Japan" and remarks about Paederia, Phryma, Rabdosia, Rapanea, Sigesbeckia & Vitex.  Phytologia 22: 210–214.

_____.  1971e.  Rumex of Hawaii.  Phytologia 21: 139–146.

_____.  1972.  Wikstroemia pulcherrima var. petersonii Deg. & Deg., from Hawaii.  Phytologia 24: 151–154.

_____.  1973.  Santalum paniculatum var. chartaceum Deg. & Deg.  Phytologia 27: 145–147.

_____.  1974a.  Spathodea in Hawaii.  Phytologia 28: 419–420.

_____.  1974b.  [Degeners' Fl. Hawaiiensis, Leaflet No. 1,] Prodromus of Galeatella and Neowimmeria.  Publ. privately, Honolulu, 13 pp.

_____.  1974c.  An explanation and an appeal.  Newslett. Hawaiian Bot. Soc. 13: 6–7.

_____.  1975a.  [Review of] List of flowering plants in Hawaii.  Sida 6: 120–122.

_____.  1975b.  Degeners' Fl. Hawaiiensis, Leaflet No. 2, Myrsine, Rapanea and Suttonia.  Publ. privately, Honolulu, 2 pp.

_____.  1975c.  Rapanea, Myrsinaceae, in the Pacific.  Phytologia 31: 21.

_____.  1976.  Wikstroemia perdita Deg. & Deg., an extinct (?) endemic of a paradise lost by exotic primates.  Phytologia 34: 28–32.

_____.  1977a.  Hibiscadelphus number KK‑HX‑1.  An international treasure in Hawaii.  Phytologia 35: 385–396.

_____.  1977b.  Some taxa of red‑flowered Hibiscus endemic to the Hawaiian Islands.  Phytologia 35: 459–470.

_____.  1978.  Kaena Point, Hawaiian Islands and a prodromus regarding some taxa in Sesbania (Leguminosae).  Phytologia 39: 147–160.

_____.  1980.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 68.  Pleomele hawaiiensis.  Publ. privately, 2 pp.

_____.  1982.  Pandanus tectorius again and Delissea anew.  Notes Waimea Arbor. & Bot. Gard. 9(1): 8–12.

_____.  1983.  Plants of Hawaii National Parks illustrative of plants and customs of the South Seas.  Page proof of ed. 3.  Publ. privately, Volcano, Hawaii, 314 pp.

Degener, O., I. Degener and A. B. Greenwell.  1963.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 274.  Heterocentron subtriplinervium.  Publ. privately, 2 pp.

Degener, O., I. Degener, and C. R. Gunn.  1973.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 250.  Passiflora mollissima.  Publ. privately, 2 pp.

Degener, O., I. Degener, and J. H. Kern.  1964.  A new Hawaiian Gahnia (Cyperaceae).  Blumea 12: 349–351.

Degener, O., I. Degener, and B. C. Stone.  1960.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 112.  Nototrichium viride.  Publ. privately, 2 pp.

Degener, O., I. Degener, K. Sunada, and Mrs. K. Sunada.  1976.  Argyroxiphium kauense, the Kau silversword.  Phytologia 33: 173–177.

Degener, O. and A. B. Greenwell.  1947a.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 340.  Scaevola mollis.  Publ. privately, 2 pp.

_____.  1947b.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 318.  Capsicum; Capsicum frutescens.  Publ. privately, 2 pp.

_____.  1947c.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 48.  Cyperus gracilis.  Publ. privately, 2 pp.

_____.  1950a.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 305.  Thevetia peruviana.  Publ. privately, 2 pp.

_____.  1950b.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 321.  Jacaranda acutifolia.  Publ. privately, 2 pp.

_____.  1950c.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 273.  Rhodomyrtus; Rhodomyrtus tomentosa.  Publ. privately, 2 pp.

_____.  1951a.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 281.  Brassaia.  Publ. privately, 2 pp.

_____.  1951b.  A new variety of Perrottetia (Celastraceae) from the Hawaiian Islands.  Revista Sud-Amer. Bot. 10(1): 25.

_____.  1956.  Fl. Hawaiiensis, fam. 306.  Gomphocarpus; Gomphocarpus physocarpus.  Publ. privately, 2 pp.

Degener, O. and E. Y. Hosaka.  1940.  Straussia sessilis, a new species from Hawaii.  Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 67: 301.

Degener, O. and C. Skottsberg.  1937.  A new Hawaiian species of Rutaceae.  Brittonia 2: 362.

DeLisle, D. G.  1963.  Taxonomy and distribution of the genus Cenchrus.  Iowa State J. Sci. 37(3): 259–351.

Diels, L.  1910.  Menispermaceae.  Pflanzenr. IV. 94 (Heft 46): 1–345.

Dietrich, W.  1977.  The South American species of Oenothera sect. Oenothera (Raimannia, Renneria; Onagraceae).  Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 64: 425–626.

Dietrich, W. and W. L. Wagner.  1988.  Systematics of Oenothera subsects. Raimannia and Nutantigemma (Onagraceae).  Syst. Bot. Monogr. 24: 1–91.

Ding Hou. 1958. Rhizophoraceae. Fl. Malesiana 5(4): 429–493.

Diraison, C. 1991. Le volcanisme aerien des archipels polynesiens de la Societe, des Marquises et des Australes-Cook. Tephrostratigraphie, datation isotopique et geochimie comparees. Contribution a l'étude des origines du volcanisme intraplaque du Pacifique central. Thesis, University of Brest.

Don, G.  1834a.  Lobeliaceae.  Gen. hist. 3: 697–719.

_____.  1834b.  Goodenoviae.  Gen. hist. 3: 722–731.

Doty, M. S. and D. Mueller‑Dombois.  1966.  Atlas for bioecology studies in Hawaii Volcanoes National Park.  Univ. Hawaii, Hawaii Bot. Sci. Pap. 2: 1–507.

Doty, M. S. and B. C. Stone.  1966.  Two new species of Halophila (Hydrocharitaceae).  Brittonia 18: 303–306.

_____.  1967.  Typification for the generic name Halophila Thouars.  Taxon 16: 414–418.

Doyle, J. J., M. Lavin, and A. Bruneau. 1992. Contributions of molecular data to papilionoid legume systematics. In P. S. Soltis, D. E. Soltis, and J. J. Doyle [eds.], Molecular systematics of plants, 223–251. Chapman and Hall, New York.

Dragon, J. A. and D. S. Barrington. 2009. Systematics of the Carex aquatilis and C. lenticularis lineages: geographically and ecologically divergent sister clades of Carex section Phacocystis (Cyperaceae). Amer. J. Bot. 96: 1896–1906.

Drake del Castillo, E.  1886.  Illustrationes florae insularum maris pacifici.  Part 2.  G. Masson, Paris, pp. 33–48.

_____.  1887a.  Note sur deux genres intéressants de la famille des Composeés:  Fitchia Hook. f. et Remya Hillebr.  Centenaire Soc. Philomathique, Paris, pp. 229–234.

_____.  1887b.  Illustrationes florae insularum maris pacifici.  Part 3.  G. Masson, Paris, pp. 49–64.

_____.  1888.  Illustrationes florae insularum maris pacifici.  Part 4.  G. Masson, Paris, pp. 65–80.

_____.  1890a.  Illustrationes florae insularum maris pacifici.  Part 6.  G. Masson, Paris, pp. 105–216.

_____.  1890b.  Remarques sur la flore de la Polynésie et sur ses rapports avec celle des terres voisines.  G. Masson, Paris, 52 pp.

_____.  1892a.  Illustrationes florae insularum maris pacifici.  Part 7.  G. Masson, Paris, pp. 217–458.

_____. 1892b. Flore de la Polynésie Française: Description des plantes vasculaires qui croissent spontane'ment on qui vent generalement cultive'es aux lies de la Socie'te, Marquises, Pomotu, Gambler et Wallis.... 352 pages. Paris.

Dransfield, J., N. W. Uhl, C. B. Asmussen, W. J. Baker, M. M. Harley, and C. E. Lewis. 2008. Genera Palmarum. Kew Publishing, Royhal Botanic Gardens, Kew. 141 p.

Drenth, E.  1972.  A revision of the family Taccaceae.  Blumea 20: 367–406.

_____.  1976.  Taccaceae.  Fl. Males. I. 7: 806–819.

Druce, G. C.  1917.  Nomenclatorial notes:  chiefly African and Australian.  Bot. Exch. Club Brit. Isles Rep. 4: 601–653.

Drude, O.  1889.  Palmae.  Nat. Pflanzenfam. II. 3: 1–93.

Dunal, F.  1852.  Solanaceae.  Prodr. 13(1): 1–690.

Duncan, R. A. and I. McDougall. 1974. Migration of volcanism with time in the Marquesas Islands, French Polynesia. Earth Planetary Sci. Letters 21: 414–420.

Du Puy, D. J., J.-N. Labat, and B. D. Schrire. The separation of two previously confused species in the Indigofera spicata complex (Leguminosae: Papilionoideae). Kew Bull. 48: 727-733.

Dwyer, J. D.  1967.  Family 119.  Ochnaceae:  in Woodson, R. E., Jr., R. W. Schery, and Collaborators, Flora of Panama.  Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 54: 25–40.

Top 

Ebihara, A., J.-Y. Dubuisson, K. Iwatsuki, S. Hennequin, & I. Motomi. 2006. A taxonomic revision of Hymenophyllaceae. Blumea 51: 221–280.

Ebihara, A., J. H. Nitta, D. Lorence & J.-Y. Dubuisson. 2009. New records of Polyphlebium borbonicum, an African filmy fern, in the New World and Polynesia. Amer. Fern J. 99: 200-206.

Egler, F. E.  1937.  A new species of Hawaiian Portulaca.  Occas. Pap. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 13(15): 167–170.

_____.  1938.  Reduction of Portulaca caumii F. Brown to P. villosa Chamisso.  Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 44: 264–265.

_____.  1939.  Vegetation zones of O`ahu, Hawaii.  Empire Forest. J. 18: 44–57.

_____.  1942.  Indigene versus alien in the development of arid Hawaiian vegetation.  Ecology 23: 14–23.

_____.  1947.  Arid southeast O`ahu vegetation, Hawaii.  Ecol. Monogr. 17: 383–435.

Ehrendorfer, F.  1979.  Reproductive biology in island plants:  in Bramwell, D. (ed.), Plants and islands.  Academic Press, New York, pp. 293–306.

Elbert, S. H. and M. K. Pukui.  1979.  Hawaiian grammar.  Univ. Hawaii Press, Honolulu, 193 pp.

Elisens, W. J.  1985.  Monograph of the Maurandyinae (Scrophulariaceae-Antirrhineae).  Syst. Bot. Monogr. 5: 1–97.

Endlicher, S. L.  1833.  Atakta botanika.  Nova genera et species plantarum descripta et iconibus illustrata.  F. Beck, Vienna, 26 pp.

_____.  1836.  Bemerkungen über die flora der Südseeinseln.  Ann. Wiener Mus. Naturgesch. 1: 129–190.

_____.  1840.  Genera plantarum secundum ordines naturales disposita, Part 14.  Fr. Beck, Vienna, pp. 1041–1120.

Engard, C. J.  1944.  Organogenesis in Rubus.  Univ. Hawaii Res. Publ. 21: 1–234.

_____.  1945.  Habit of growth of Rubus rosaefolius Smith in Hawaii.  Amer. J. Bot. 32: 536–538.

Engler, A.  1882.  Burseraceae et Anacardiaceae.  Monogr. phan. 4: 1–500, 536–540.

_____.  1890.  Beiträge zur Kenntnis der Sapotaceae.  Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 12: 496–525.

_____.  1896.  Rutaceae.  Nat. Pflanzenfam. III. 4: 95–201.

_____.  1897.  Loranthaceae.  Nat. Pflanzenfam. Nachtr. III. 1: 124–140.

_____.  1931.  Rutaceae.  Nat. Pflanzenfam. ed. 2, 19a: 187–359.

Epling, C.  1940.  Supplementary notes on American Labiatae.  Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 67: 509–534.

_____.  1941.  The distribution of American Labiatae.  Proc. 6th Pacific Sci. Congr., California 4: 571–575.

_____.  1948.  A synopsis of the tribe Lepechinieae (Labiatae).  Brittonia 6: 352–364.

Erdtman, G.  1952.  Pollen morphology and plant taxonomy.  Chronica Botanica Co., Waltham, Mass., 539 pp.

Escobar, L. K.  1980.  Interrelationships of the edible species of Passiflora, centering around Passiflora mollissima (H.B.K.) Bailey, subgenus Tacsonia.  Ph.D. dissertation, Univ. Texas, Austin, 648 pp.

_____.  1985.  Biologia reproductiva de Passiflora manicata e hibridacion con la curuba, Passiflora mollissima (Passifloraceae).  Actual. Biol. 14(54): 111–121.

Ewan, J.  1974.  The botany of Cook's voyages.  Bull. Pacific Trop. Bot. Gard. 4: 65–75.

Eyde, R. H. and C. C. Tseng.  1969.  Flower of Tetraplasandra gymnocarpa:  hypogyny with epigynous ancestry.  Science 166: 506–508.

Ezcurra, C. 1993. Systematics of Ruellia (Acanthaceae) in southern South America. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 80: 787–845.

Top 

Fagerlind, F.  1940.  Zytologie und gametophytenbildung in der gattung Wikstroemia.  Hereditas 24: 23–50.

_____.  1959.  Development and structure of the flower and gametophytes in the genus Exocarpos.  Svensk Bot. Tidskr. 53: 257–282.

Fang, R. & G. Staples. 2010. Flora of China 16: 304 (online version). Convolvulaceae. http://www.efloras.org/florataxon.aspx?flora_id=2&taxon_id=210000737, accessed 9/16/2010

Fantz, P. R. 1996. Taxonomic notes on the Centrosema pubescens Bentham complex in central America (Leguminosae: Phaseoleae: Clitoriinae). Sida. 17: 321–332.

Fay, J. J.  1979.  Endangered and threatened wildlife and plants; determination that Kokia cookei is an endangered species.  Fed. Reg. 44: 62470–62471.

_____.  1980.  Endangered and threatened wildlife and plants; proposed endangered status for the `Ewa plains `akoko (Euphorbia skottsbergii var. kalaeloana).  Fed. Reg. 45: 58166–58168.

_____.  1982.  Endangered and threatened wildlife and plants; determination that Euphorbia skottsbergii var. kalaeloana (`Ewa Plains `akoko) is an endangered species.  Fed. Reg. 47: 36846–36849.

Federov, A. A. (ed.).  1969.  Chromosome numbers of flowering plants.  Acad. Sci. U.S.S.R., V. L. Komarov Botanical Institute.  (Rep., 1974, Otto Koeltz Sci. Publ., Koenigstein, West Germany, 928 pp.)

Fernald, M. L.  1946.  Triodanis versus Specularia.  Rhodora 48: 209–214.

Fischer E., B. Schäferhoff, and K. Müller. 2013. The phylogeny of Linderniaceae – The new genus Linderniella, and new combinations within Bonnaya, Craterostigma, Lindernia, Micranthemum, Torenia and Vandellia. Willdenowia 43: 209–238.

Fisher, J. B.  1980.  The vegetative and reproductive structure of papaya (Carica papaya).  Lyonia 1: 191–208.

Florence, J. 1985. Sertum polynesicum I. Plakothira Florence (Loasaceae), genre nouveau des îles Marquises.   Bull. Mus. Nation. Hist. Nat., B, Adansonia, Ser. 4, 7: 239–245.

_____. 1986. Sertum polynesicum II. Rubiaceae nouvelles des îles Marquises (Polynésie française). Bull. Mus. Nation. Hist. Nat., B, Adansonia, Ser. 4, 8: 3–11.

_____. 1987. Endémisme et évolution de la flore de la Polynésie française.   Bull. Soc. Zool. France 112: 369–380.

_____. 1990. Sertum polynesicum IV. Deux espèces nouvelles de Melicope J. R. & G. Forster (Rutaceae) de l'île de Nukuhiva (Marquises, Polynésie française).   Bull. Mus. Nation. Hist. Nat., B, Adansonia, Ser. 4, 12: 29–35.

_____. 1993. La Végétation de quelques îles de Polynésie française.   Planches 54–55. In: J.-F. Dupon et al., Atlas de la Polynésie française. Editions de l'ORSTOM, Paris.

_____. 1996. Gallicae Polynesiae florae Praecursores. 1. Nouveautés taxonomiques dans les Euphorbiaceae, Piperaceae et Urticaceae. Bull. Mus. Nation. Hist. Nat., B, Adansonia, Ser. 4, 18: 234–274.

_____. 1997a. Flore de la Polynésie française. Volume 1. Collection Faune et Flore tropicales 34. Institut Français de Recherche Scientifique Pour Le Développment en Coopération.

_____. 1997b. New species of Plakothira (Loasaceae), Melicope (rutaceae), and Apetahia (Campanulaceae) from the Marquesas Islands. Allertonia 7: 238-253.

_____. 2004. Flore de la Polynésie française. Volume 2. Collection Faune et Flore tropicales 41. Institut Français de Recherche Scientifique Pour Le Développment.

Florence, J. and D. H. Lorence. 1997. Introduction to the flora and vegetation of the Marquesas Islands. Allertonia 7: 226–237.

_____. 2000. Sertum polynesicum VI. Rubiaceae nouvelles des îles Marquises (Polynésie française) 2. Le genre Hedyotis. Adansonia 22: 223

Florence, J. and T. F. Stuessy. 1988. Sertum polynesicum III.   Un Bidens (Asteraceae) nouveau de l'île de Nukuhiva (Marquises, Polynésie Française). Bull. Mus. Nation. Hist. Nat., B, Adansonia, Ser. 4, 10: 121–125.

Floyd, M. E.  1977.  Autecological study and phenolic analysis of Pelea anisata Mann (mokihana).  Master's thesis, Univ. Hawaii, Honolulu, 67 pp.

_____.  1979a [1980].  Phenolic chemotaxonomy of the genus Pelea A. Gray (Rutaceae).  Pacific Sci. 33: 153–160.

_____.  1979b [1980].  Some aspects of reproduction of mokihana (Pelea anisata Mann) in the forests of Koke`e.  Pacific Sci. 33: 161–164.

Flynn, T. and D. L. Lorence. 1998. New naturalized plant records for the Hawaiian Islands. Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 56: 5–6.

_____. 2002. Additions to the flora of the Hawaiian Islands. Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 69: 14-16.

Forbes, C. N.  1909.  Some new Hawaiian plants.  Occas. Pap. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 4(3): 213–223.

_____.  1910.  New Hawaiian plants-II.  Occas. Pap. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 4(4): 296–297.

_____.  1912.  New Hawaiian plants-III.  Occas. Pap. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 5(1): 1–13.

_____.  1913a.  An enumeration of Ni`ihau plants.  Occas. Pap. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 5(3): 99–111.

_____.  1913b.  Notes on the flora of Kaho`olawe and Molokini.  Occas. Pap. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 5(3): 85–97.

_____.  1914.  New Hawaiian plants-IV.  Occas. Pap. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 6(1): 39.

_____.  1916.  New Hawaiian plants-V.  Occas. Pap. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 6(3): 173–191.

_____.  1917a.  New Hawaiian plants-VI.  Occas. Pap. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 6(4): [243–246].

_____.  1917b.  Botany:  in Director's report for 1916.  Occas. Pap. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 6(4): 201–204.

_____.  1918.  The genus Lagenophora in the Hawaiian Islands, with descriptions of new species.  Occas. Pap. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 6(5): 301–309.

_____.  1920.  New Hawaiian plants-VII.  Occas. Pap. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 7(3): 33–39.

Forbes, C. N. and G. C. Munro.  1920.  A new Cyanea from Lana`i, Hawaii.  Occas. Pap. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 7(4): 43–44.

Forman, L. L.  1962.  The Menispermaceae of Malaysia:  IV.  Cocculus A. P. de Candolle.  Kew Bull. 15: 479–487.

Forster, J. G. A.  1786.  De plantis esculentis insularum oceani australis commentatio botanica.  Haude et Spener, Berlin, 80 pp.

Fosberg, F. R.  1936a.  Miscellaneous Hawaiian plant notes-I.  Occas. Pap. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 12(15): 1–11.

_____.  1936b.  The Hawaiian geraniums.  Occas. Pap. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 12(16): 1–19.

_____.  1937a.  Immigrant plants in the Hawaiian Islands.  I.  Occas. Pap. Univ. Hawaii 32: 1–11.

_____.  1937b.  The genus Gouldia (Rubiaceae).  Bernice P. Bishop Mus. Bull. 147: 1–82.

_____. 1937c. Some Rubiaceae of Southeastern Polynesia. Occ. Pap. Bernice P. Bishop Museum 13(19): 245–293.

_____.  1939a.  Diospyros ferrea (Ebenaceae) in Hawaii.  Occas. Pap. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 15(10): 119–131.

_____.  1939b.  Taxonomy of the Hawaiian genus Broussaisia (Saxifragaceae).  Occas. Pap. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 15(4): 49–60.

_____.  1939c.  Notes on Polynesian grasses.  Occas. Pap. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 15(3): 37–48.

_____.  1939d. Psychotria (Rubiaceae) in the Marquesas Islands. Notul. Syst. (Paris) 8(3): 161–173.

_____.  1941.  Varieties of the strawberry guava.  Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 54: 179–180.

_____.  1942.  Miscellaneous notes on Hawaiian plants-2.  Occas. Pap. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 16(15): 337–347.

_____.  1943a.  Notes on plants of the Pacific islands-III.  Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 70: 386–397.

_____.  1943b.  The polynesian species of Hedyotis (Rubiaceae).  Bernice P. Bishop Mus. Bull. 174: 1–102.

_____.  1948a.  Derivation of the flora of the Hawaiian Islands:  in Zimmerman, E. C., Insects of Hawaii.  Vol. 1.  Univ. Press Hawaii, Honolulu, pp. 107–119.

_____.  1948b.  Immigrant plants in the Hawaiian Islands.  II.  Occas. Pap. Univ. Hawaii 46: 1–17.

_____.  1951.  The American element in the Hawaiian flora.  Pacific Sci. 5: 204–206.

_____.  1955.  Pacific forms of Lepturus R. Br. (Gramineae).  Occas. Pap. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 21(14): 285–294.

_____.  1956.  Studies in Pacific Rubiaceae: I-IV. Brittonia 8: 165–178.

_____.  1960.  Serianthes Benth. (Leguminosae-Mimosoideae-Ingeae). Reinwardtia 5: 293-317.

_____.  1961.  Scaevola sericea Vahl versus S. taccada (Gaertn.) Roxb.  Taxon 10: 225–226.

_____.  1962a.  The Indo‑Pacific strand Scaevola again.  Taxon 11: 181.

_____.  1962b.  Miscellaneous notes on Hawaiian plants-3.  Occas. Pap. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 23(2): 29–44.

_____. 1963. Plant dispersal in the Pacific. In J. L. Gressitt [ed.], Pacific basin biogeography: a symposium, 273–281.   Bishop Museum Press, Honolulu.

_____.  1964.  Studies in Pacific Rubiaceae:  V.  Brittonia 16: 255–271.

_____.  1965.  Revision of Albizia sect. Pachysperma (Leguminosae-Mimosoideae).  Herb. Bogoriense 7: 71–90.

_____.  1966a.  Critical notes on Pacific island plants.  1.  Micronesica 2: 143–152.

_____.  1966b.  Miscellaneous notes on Hawaiian plants-4.  Occas. Pap. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 23(8): 129–138.

_____.  1968a.  Critical notes on Pacific island plants.  2.  Micronesica 4: 255–259.

_____.  1968b.  Studies in Pacific Rubiaceae:  VI-VIII.  Brittonia 20: 287–294.

_____.  1969.  Miscellaneous notes on Hawaiian plants-5.  Occas. Pap. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 24(2): 9–24.

_____.  1972.  Field guide to excursion III, Tenth Pacific Science Congress, revised edition.  Dept. Bot., Univ. Hawaii, Honolulu, 249 pp.

_____.  1973a.  The name of the octopus tree.  Baileya 19: 45–46.

_____.  1973b.  Caesalpinia major a legitimate name.  Taxon 22: 162–163.

_____.  1976a.  Ipomoea indica taxonomy:  a tangle of morning glories.  Bot. Notiser 129: 35–38.

_____.  1976b.  Bobea elatior again.  Taxon 25: 188.

_____.  1978.  Studies in the genus Boerhavia L. (Nyctaginaceae), 1–5.  Smithsonian Contr. Bot. 39: 1–20.

_____.  1987a.  A new Pisonia (Nyctaginaceae) from the Hawaiian Islands.  Phytologia 62: 177–178.

_____.  1987b.  Bobea platypes Fosberg, new species (Rubiaceae), from Maui, Hawaiian Islands.  Phytologia 62: 179–180.

_____. 1988. Fimbristylis juncea (Forst. fl.) R. & S. and its relatives. Journal of Japanese Botany 63(3): 787-84.

_____. 1993. The Forster Pacific Islands collections from Captain Cook's Resolution Voyage. Allertonia 7: 41–86.

Fosberg, F. R., P. Boiteau, and M.‑H. Sachet.  1977.  Nomenclature of the Ochrosiinae (Apocynaceae):  2.  Synonymy of Ochrosia Juss. and Neisosperma Raf.  Adansonia 17: 23–33.

Fosberg, F. R. and J. E. Canfield.  1980.  Noteworthy Micronesian plants.  3.  Micronesica 16: 189–200.

Fosberg, F. R. and D. R. Herbst.  1975.  Rare and endangered species of Hawaiian vascular plants.  Allertonia 1: 1–72.

Fosberg, F. R. and E. Y. Hosaka.  1938.  An open bog on O`ahu.  Occas. Pap. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 14(1): 1–6.

Fosberg, F. R. and M.‑H. Sachet.  1956.  The Indo‑Pacific strand Scaevola.  Taxon 5: 7–10.

_____. 1966. Lebronnecia, gen. nov. (Malvaceae) des îles Marquises. Adansonia sér. 2, 6(3): 507–510.

_____.  1972.  Thespesia populnea (L.) Solander ex Correa and Thespesia populneoides (Roxburgh) Kosteletsky (Malvaceae).  Smithsonian Contr. Bot. 7: 1–13.

_____. 1972. Plants of southeastern Polynesia 2. Micronesica 8: 43–49.

_____. 1974. A new variety of Fagraea berteriana (Gentianaceae). Phytologia 28: 470-472.

_____.  1975.  Polynesian plant studies 1–5.  Smithsonian Contr. Bot. 21: 1–25.

_____.  1980a.  Flora of Micronesia, 4:  Caprifoliaceae-Compositae.  Smithsonian Contr. Bot. 46: 1–71.

_____.  1980b.  Systematic studies of Micronesian plants.  Smithsonian Contr. Bot. 45: 1–40.

_____.  1981.  Polynesian plant studies 6–18.  Smithsonian Contr. Bot. 47: 1–38.

___. 1985.Santalum in Eastern Polynesia. Candollea 40: 459-470.

_____. 1988. Fimbristylis juncea (Forst. f.) R. & S. and its relatives. J. Jap. Bot. 63: 78–85.

Fritsch, K.  1894.  Gesneriaceae.  Nat. Pflanzenfam. IV. 3b: 133–185.

Frodin, D. G.  1975.  Studies in Schefflera (Araliaceae):  the Cephaloschefflera complex.  J. Arnold Arbor. 56: 427–448.

Frodin, D. G.  1990. Identity of Aralia bastardiana Decaisne. Pacific Science 44: 265-276.

Frohlich, D. and A. Lau. 2007. New plant records from O`ahu for 2006. Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 96: 8-13.

_____. 2008. New plant records from O`ahu for 2007. Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 100: 3-12.

_____. 2010. New plant records from O`ahu for 2008. Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 107: 3-18.

_____. 2012. New plant records for the Hawaiian Islands 2010-2011. Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 113: 27–54.

Fryxell, J. E.  1983.  A revision of Abutilon sect. Oligocarpae (Malvaceae), including a new species from Mexico.  Madroño 30: 84–92.

Fryxell, P. A.  1972.  A reconsideration of the correct name for the Hawaiian Gossypium.  Sida 5: 1–2.

_____.  1973.  The correct name of "Kidney Cotton." Baileya 19: 91–92.

_____.  1978a.  The correct name for the Hawaiian GossypiumG. tomentosum.  Taxon 27: 131–132.

_____.  1978b.  Neotropical segregates from Sida L. (Malvaceae).  Brittonia 30: 447–462.

_____.  1979.  The natural history of the cotton tribe (Malvaceae, tribe Gossypieae).  Texas A & M Univ. Press, College Station, 245 pp.

_____.  1985.  Sidus Sidarum-V.  The North and Central American species of Sida.  Sida 11: 62–91.

_____.  1988.  The Malvaceae of Mexico.  Syst. Bot. Monogr. 25: 1–522.

_____. 2001. Talipariti (Malvaceae), a segregate from Hibiscus. Contrib. Univ. Mich. Herb. 23: 225–270.

Funk, V. A.  1982.  The systematics of Montanoa (Asteraceae, Heliantheae).  Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 36: 1–133.

Funk, V. A. and W. L. Wagner, 1995. Biogeography of seven ancient Hawaiian plant lineages. Pp. 160-194 in W. L. Wagner and V. A. Funk, eds. Hawaiian Biogeography: Evolution on a Hotspot Archipelago. Smithsonian Institution Press, Washington.

Top  Gagné, W. C.  1982.  Insular evolution and speciation of the genus Nesiomiris in Hawaii (Heteroptera:  Miridae).  Entomologia Generalis 8: 87–88.

Ganders, F. R., M. Berbee, and M. Pirseyedi. 2000. ITS base sequence phylogeny in Bidens (Asteraceae): Evidence for the continental relatives of Hawaiian and Marquesan Bidens. Syst. Bot. 25:122-133.

Ganders, F. R. and K. M. Nagata.  1983a.  New taxa and new combinations in Hawaiian Bidens (Asteraceae).  Lyonia 2: 1–16.

_____.  1983b.  Relationships and floral biology of Bidens cosmoides (Asteraceae).  Lyonia 2: 23–31.

_____.  1984.  The role of hybridization in the evolution of Bidens on the Hawaiian Islands:  in Grant, W. F. (ed.), Biosystematics.  Academic Press Canada, Ontario, pp. 179–194.

Gardner, R. C.  1976.  Evolution and adaptive radiation in Lipochaeta (Compositae) of the Hawaiian Islands.  Syst. Bot. 1: 383–391.

_____.  1977a.  Chromosome numbers and their systematic implications in Lipochaeta (Compositae:  Heliantheae).  Amer. J. Bot. 64: 810–813.

_____.  1977b.  Observations on tetramerous disc florets in the Compositae.  Rhodora 79: 139–146.

_____.  1979.  Revision of Lipochaeta (Compositae:  Heliantheae) of the Hawaiian Islands.  Rhodora 81: 291–343.

Gardner, R. 1997. A concise account of Selaginella in Fiji. New Zealand J. Bot. 35: 269-281.

Gardner, R. C. and J. C. La Duke.  1978.  Phyletic and cladistic relationships in Lipochaeta (Compositae).  Syst. Bot. 3: 197–207.

Gardner, R. O.  1984.  Geranium solanderi and allies in New Zealand.  New Zealand J. Bot. 22: 127–134.

Gaudichaud‑Beaupré, C.  1824.  Descriptions de quelques nouveaux genres de plantes recueillies dans le voyage autour du monde, sous les ordres du capitaine Freycinet.  Ann. Sci. Nat. (Paris) 3: 507–510.

_____.  1829a.  Voyage autour du monde, entrepris par ordre du roi,...exécuté sur les corvettes de S. M. l'Uranie et la Physicienne, pendant les années 1817, 1818, 1819 et 1820; publié...par M. Louis de Freycinet.  Botanique.  Part 11.  Pillet‑ainé, Paris, pp. 433–464.

_____.  1829b.  Voyage autour du monde, entrepris par ordre du roi,...exécuté sur les corvettes de S. M. l'Uranie et la Physicienne, pendant les années 1817, 1818, 1819 et 1820; publié...par M. Louis de Freycinet.  Botanique.  Part 10.  Pillet‑ainé, Paris, pp. 401–432.

_____.  1830.  Voyage autour du monde, entrepris par ordre du roi,...exécuté sur les corvettes de S. M. l'Uranie et la Physicienne, pendant les années 1817, 1818, 1819 et 1820; publié...par M. Louis de Freycinet.  Botanique.  Part 12.  Pillet-ainé, Paris, pp. 465–522.

_____.  1841–?1852.  Voyage autour du monde exécuté pendant les années 1836 et 1837 sur la corvette la Bonite, commandée par M. Vaillant...Botanique...Atlas.  Arthus Bertrand, Paris, pl. 1150.

Gauthier, R.  1959.  L'anatomie vasculaire et l'interprétation de la fleur pistillée de l'Hillebrandia sandwicensis Oliv.  Phytomorphology 9: 72–87.

Geesink, R.  1969.  An account of the genus Portulaca in Indo-Australia and the Pacific (Portulacaceae).  Blumea 17: 275–301.

_____.  1984.  Scala Millettiearum.  A survey of the genera of the tribe Millettieae Legum.-Pap.) with methodological considerations.  Leiden Bot. Ser. 8: 1–131.

Gehring, P. E.  1967.  A study of variation in Hawaiian species of the genus Pipturus of Kaua`i and O`ahu.  Master's thesis, Univ. Hawaii, Honolulu, 56 pp.

Geiger, J. M. O. and T. A. Ranker. 2005. Molecular phylogenetics and historical biogeography of Hawaiian Dryopteris (Dryopteridaceae). Mol. Phylo. Evol. 34: 392-407.

Gemmill, C. 1998. A new, narrow endemic species of Pritchardia (Arecaceae) from Kaua`i, Hawaiian Islands. Novon 8: 18–22.

Gemmill, C. E. C., G. J. Allan, W. L. Wagner, and E. A. Zimmer. 2002. Evolution of Insular Pacific Pittosporum Pittosporaceae): Origin of the Hawaiian Radiation. Mol. Phylo. Evol. 22: 31–42.

Gentry, A. H.  1973.  Family 172.  Bignoniaceae:  in Woodson, R. E., Jr., R. W. Schery, and Collaborators, Flora of Panama, Part IX.  Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 60: 781–977.

Gillett, G. W.  1966.  Hybridization and its taxonomic implications in the Scaevola gaudichaudiana complex of the Hawaiian Islands.  Evolution 20: 506–516.

_____.  1967.  The genus Cyrtandra in Fiji.  Contr. U.S. Natl. Herb. 37: 107–159.

_____.  1969.  The nomenclatural and taxonomic status of the Hawaiian shrub Scaevola gaudichaudii H. & A.  Pacific Sci. 23: 125–128.

_____.  1972a.  Genetic affinities between Hawaiian and Marquesan Bidens (Asteraceae).  Taxon 21: 479–483.

_____.  1972b.  Additional experimental crosses in Hawaiian Bidens (Asteraceae).  Pacific Sci. 26: 415–417.

_____.  1973.  Genetic relationships between Bidens forbesii and six species in the Hawaiian and the Marquesas Islands.  Brittonia 25: 10–14.

_____.  1975.  The diversity and history of Polynesian Bidens, section Campylotheca.  Univ. Hawaii Harold L. Lyon Arbor. Lecture 6: 1–32.

Gillett, G. W. and E. K. S. Lim.  1970.  An experimental study of the genus Bidens (Asteraceae) in the Hawaiian Islands.  Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. 56: 1–63.

Gillis, W. T.  1977.  Pluchea revisited.  Taxon 26: 587–591.

Gillis, W. T. and W. T. Stearn.  1974.  Typification of the names of the species of Leucaena and Lysiloma in the Bahamas.  Taxon 23: 185–191.

Gingins de la Sarraz, F.-C.-J.  1826.  Description de quelques espèces nouvelles de Violacées recues de Mr. Adelbert de Chamisso examinée en 1825 par Mr. de Gingins.  Linnaea 1: 406–413.

Giussani, L. M., J. H. Cota-Sanchez, F. O. Zuloaga, and E. A. Kellogg. 2001. A molecular phylogeny of the grass subfamily Panicoideae (Poaceae) shows multiple origins of C4 photosynthesis. Amer. J. Bot. 88: 1993-2012.

Givnish, T. J. 1998. Adaptive plant evolution on islands: classical patterns, molecular data, new insights. Pp. 281-304 in P. R. Grant, ed. Evolution on Islands. Oxford University Press, New York.

Givnish, T. J., K. J. Systma, J. F. Smith and W. J. Hahn. 1995. Molecular evolution, adaptive radiation, and geographic speciation in Cyanea (Capanulaceae, Lobelioideae). Pp. 288-337 in W. L. Wagner and V.A. Funk, eds. Hawaiian biogeography: Evolution on a hotspot archipelago. Smithsonian Institution Press, Washington.

Gleason, H. A.  1925.  Studies on the flora of northern South America-IV.  The genus Burmeistera.  Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 52: 93–104.

Goldberg, A.  1967.  The genus Melochia L. (Sterculiaceae).  Contr. U.S. Natl. Herb. 34: 191–363.

Goldblatt, P. (ed.).  1981.  Index to plant chromosome numbers:  1975–1978.  Monogr. Syst. Bot. Missouri Bot. Gard. 5: 1–553.

_____.  1984.  Index to plant chromosome numbers:  1979–1981.  Monogr. Syst. Bot. Missouri Bot. Gard. 8: 1–427.

_____.  1985.  Index to plant chromosome numbers:  1982–1983.  Monogr. Syst. Bot. Missouri Bot. Gard. 13: 1–224.

Gould, F. W.  1967.  The grass genus Andropogon in the United States.  Brittonia 19: 70–76.

_____.  1972.  A systematic treatment of Garnotia (Gramineae).  Kew Bull. 27: 515–562.

Gould, F. W., M. A. Ali and D. E. Fairbrothers.  1972.  A revision of Echinochloa in the United States.  Amer. Midl. Naturalist 87: 36–59.

Govaerts, R. and D. G. Frodin. 2002. World Checklist and Bibliography of Araceae. Kew Royal Botanic Gardens.

Govaerts, R., D.G. Frodin, and A. Radcliffe-Smith. 2000. World Checklist and Bibliography of Euphorbiaceae, 2: 717.

Govaerts, R. and A. Radcliffe-Smith. 1996. New names and combinations in Euphorbiaceae-Phyllanthoïdeae. Kew Bull. 51: 175–178.

Graham, S. A. 1985. A revision of Ammannia (Lythraceae) in the Western Hemisphere. J. Arnold Arbor. 66: 395–420.

Grant, V.  1981.  Plant speciation.  Columbia Univ. Press, New York, 563 pp.

Gray, A.  1852a.  [Account of Argyroxiphium, a remarkable genus of Compositae, belonging to the mountains of the Sandwich Islands].  Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 2: 159–160.

_____.  1852b.  [Characters of two new genera of plants of the order Violaceae, discovered by the naturalists of the U.S. Exploring Expedition].  Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 2: 323–325.

_____.  1853.  Characters of some new genera of plants, mostly from Polynesia, in the collection of the United States Exploring Expedition, under Captain Wilkes.  Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 3: 48–54.

_____.  1854a.  United States Exploring Expedition.  During the years 1838, 1839, 1840, 1841, 1842.  Under the command of Charles Wilkes, U.S.N. vol. XV.  Botany.  Phanerogamia.  Part I.  C. Sherman, Philadelphia, 777 pp.

_____.   1854b.  Characters of new genera of plants, mostly from Polynesia, in the collection of the United States Exploring Expedition, under Captain Wilkes (continued).  Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 3: 127–129.

_____.  1858.  Notes upon some Rubiaceae, collected in the U.S. South‑Sea Exploring Expedition under Captain Wilkes, with characters of new species, &c.  Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 4: 33–50.

_____.  1859a.  Notes upon some Polynesian plants of the order Loganiaceae.  Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 4: 319–324.

_____.  1859b.  Notes upon some Rubiaceae, collected in the South‑Sea Exploring Expedition under Captain Wilkes.  Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 4: 306–318.

_____.  1859c.  Diagnosis of the species of sandalwood (Santalum) of the Sandwich Islands.  Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 4: 326–327.

_____.  1861a.  Characters of some Compositae in the collection of the United States South Pacific Exploring Expedition under Captain Wilkes, with observations &c.  Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 5: 114–146.

_____.  1861b.  Notes on Lobeliaceae, Goodeniaceae of the collection of the U.S. South Pacific Exploring Expedition.  Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 5: 146–152.

_____.  1862a.  Characters of new or obscure species of plants of monopetalous orders in the collection of the United States South Pacific Exploring Expedition under Captain Charles Wilkes, U.S.N. with occasional remarks,   Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 5: 321–352.

_____.  1862b.  Characters of some new or obscure species of plants, of monopetalous orders, in the collection of the United States South Pacific Exploring Expedition under Captain Charles Wilkes, U.S.N. with various notes and remarks.  Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 6: 37–55.

_____.  1865a.  Characters of some new plants of California and Nevada, chiefly from the collections of Professor William H. Brewer, botanist of the State Geological Survey of California, and of Dr. Charles L. Anderson, with revisions of certain genera or groups.  Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 6: 519–556.

_____.  1865b.  New or little‑known Polynesian Thymeleae.  J. Bot. 3: 302–306.

Grayer, R. J., M. R. Eckert, A. Lever, N. C. Veitch, G. C. Kite, and A. J. Paton. 2010. Distribution of exudate flavonoids in the genus Plectranthus, Biochem. Syst. Ecol. 38(3): 335-341.

Green, P. S.  1963a.  The genus Nestegis from New Zealand.  J. Arnold Arbor. 44: 377–389.

_____. 1963b.  A revision of the New Caledonian species of Osmanthus.  J. Arnold Arbor. 44: 268–283.

_____. 1968.  Revision of the genus Notelaea (Oleaceae).  J. Arnold Arbor. 49: 333–369.

_____. 1994a. Asteraceae. Flora of Australia 49: 362–403.

_____. 1994b. Oleaceae. Flora of Australia 49: 327–334.

_____. 1994c. Liliaceae. Flora of Australia 49: 502-513.

Grey-Wilson, C. 1982. Balsaminaceae. Fl Trop. East Africa. No. 45.

Grisebach, A.  1853.  Schenkia, novum genus Gentianearum.  Bonplandia 1: 226.

Groeninckx, I., S. Dessein, H. Ochoterena, C. Persson, T. J. Motley, J. Kårehed, B. Bremer, S. Huysmans, and Erik Smets. 2009. Phylogeny of the herbaceous tribe Spermacoceae (Rubiaceae) based on plastid DNA data. Ann. of the Missouri Bot. Gard. 96: 109-132.

Gu, H. and P. C. Hoch. 1997. Systematics of Kalimeris (Asteraceae: Astereae). Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 84: 762–814.

Guillaumin, A.  1937.  Matériaux pour la flore de la Nouvelle-Calédonie.  XLVI.–‑Révision des Fluviales.  Bull. Soc. Bot. France 84: 255–257.

Guppy, H. B.  1906.  Observations of a naturalist in the Pacific between 1896 and 1899.  Macmillan & Co., Ltd., London, 627 pp.

Gupta, S. and G. W. Gillett.  1969a.  Observations on Hawaiian species of Wikstroemia (Angiospermae:  Thymelaeaceae).  Pacific Sci. 23: 83–88.

_____.  1969b.  Chemotaxonomic studies of Hawaiian Wikstroemia.  Econ. Bot. 23: 24–31.

Top 

Haas, J. E.  1977.  The Pacific species of Pittosporum Banks ex Gaertn. (Pittosporaceae).  Allertonia 1: 73–167.

Hackel, E.  1889.  Andropogoneae.  Monogr. phan. 6: 1–716.

_____.  1897.  Gramineae.  Nat. Pflanzenfam. Nachtr. II. 2: 39–47.

_____.  1911.  Gramineae novae.  VIII.  Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 10: 165–174.

_____.  1912.  Gramineae novae.  IX.  Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 11: 18–30.

Hair, J. B. and E. J. Beuzenberg.  1959.  Contributions to a chromosome atlas of the New Zealand flora-2.  Miscellaneous families.  New Zealand J. Sci. (Wellington) 2: 148–156.

Hallé, F. 1978. Arbres et forêts des îles Marquises. Cahiers du Pacifique 21: 315–357. DIRCEN-SMCB.

Halliday, P., R. D. Meikle, J. Story, and H. Wilkinson.  1984.  Draft index of author abbreviations compiled at The Herbarium, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew.  2nd ed.  Her Majesty's Stationery Office, 257 pp.

Handel‑Mazzetti, H.  1928.  A revision of the Chinese species of Lysimachia, with a new system of the whole genus.  Notes Roy. Bot. Gard. Edinburgh 77: 51–122.

Handy, E. S. C. and E. G. Handy.  1972.  Native planters in old Hawaii.  Their life, lore, and environment.  Bernice P. Bishop Mus. Bull. 233: 1–641.

Harbaugh, D. , H. L. Oppenheimer, K. R. Wood, and W. L. Wagner. 2010. Taxonomic revision of the endangered Hawaiian red-flowered sandalwoods (Santalum) and discovery of an ancient hybrid species. Syst. Bot. 34(4): 827-838.

Harborne, J. B. and P. S. Green.  1980.  A chemotaxonomic survey of flavonoids in leaves of the Oleaceae.  J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 81: 155–167.

Harley, R. and A. Paton. 2001. Leonurus japonicus Houtt. (Labiatae):the correct name for a common tropical weed. Kew Bull. 56: 24–244.

Hartley, T. 2001. On the taxonomy and biogeography of Euodia and Melicope (Rutaceae). Allertonia 8:1–288.

Hartog, C. den.  1970.  The sea‑grasses of the world.  Verh. Kon. Ned. Akad. Wetensch., Afd. Natuurk., Tweede Sect. 59: 1–275.

Hartog, C. den, and F. van der Plas. 1970. A synopsis of the Lemnaceae. Blumea 18: 355–368.

Hatheway, W. H.  1952.  Composition of certain native dry forests: Mokuleia, O`ahu, T.H.  Ecol. Monogr. 22: 153–168.

Hattink, T. A.  1974.  A revision of Malesian Caesalpinia, including Mezoneuron (Leguminosae-Caesalpiniaceae).  Reinwardtia 9: 1–69.

Havran, J.C., H. Oppenheimer, J.M. Keaton, and K.T. Piotrowski. 2012. Interisland range expansion of Viola lanaiensis (Violaceae: Malpighiales), an endangered Hawaiian violet. Pacific Sci. 66: 447-456.

Hawley, B. M. and B. L. Pyle. 1995. New Hawaiian plant records. I. Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 42: 1.

Hayden, W. J.  1987.  The identity of the genus Neowawraea (Euphorbiaceae).  Brittonia 39: 268–277.

Hayden, W. J. and D. S. Brandt.  1984.  Wood anatomy and relationships of Neowawraea (Euphorbiaceae).  Syst. Bot. 9: 458–466.

Haynes, R. R., D. H. Les and M. Král. 1998. Two new combinations in Stuckenia, the correct name for Coleogeton (Potamogetonaceae). Novon 8: 241.

Heads, M. J. 1996. Biogeography, taxonomy and evolution in the Pacific genus Coprosma (Rubiaceae). Candollea 51: 381–405.

Heed, W. B.  1971.  Host plant specificity and speciation in Hawaiian Drosophila.  Taxon 20: 115–121.

Heimerl, A.  1913.  Die Nyctaginaceen‑Gattungen Calpidia und Rockia.  Oesterr. Bot. Z. 63: 279–290.

_____.  1937.  Nyctaginaceae of southeastern Polynesia and other Pacific islands.  Occas. Pap. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 13(4): 27–47.

Helenurm, K.  1983.  Genetic differentiation of Hawaiian Bidens.  Master's thesis, Univ. British Columbia, Vancouver.

Helenurm, K. and F. R. Ganders.  1985.  Adaptive radiation and genetic differentiation in Hawaiian Bidens.  Evolution 39: 753–765.

Heller, A. A.  1897.  Observations on the ferns and flowering plants of the Hawaiian Islands.  Minnesota Bot. Stud. 1: 760–922.

Hemsley, W. B.  1892.  Notes.  Trematocarpus.  Ann. Bot. (London) 6: 154.

_____.  1893.  Notes.  The genus Trematocarpus.  Ann. Bot. (London) 7: 289–290.

Henderson, R. J. F. 1988. Dianella. In A. S. George (ed.), Flora of Australia 45: 194-225, 434-437, 476-485. Canberra: Australian Government Publishing Service.

Henderson, R. J. F. 1988. Nomenclatural studies in Dianella Lam. ex Juss. (Phormiaceae). Austrobailey 2: 419-426.

Henderson, R. J. F. 1991. Dianella. In A. C. Smith, (ed.), Flora Vitiensis Nova 5: 579-581.

Henrickson, J. and D. R. Herbst.  1988 [1989].  Uncinia Pers. (Cyperaceae) in the Hawaiian Islands.  Pacific Sci. 42: 230–236.

Hepper, F. N. and P.‑M. L. Jaeger.  1986.  Name changes for two Old World Solanum species.  Kew Bull. 41: 433–435.

Herat, R. M.  1981.  A systematic study of the genus Cheirodendron (Araliaceae).  Ph.D. dissertation, Univ. Hawaii, Honolulu, 246 pp.

Herbarium Pacificum Staff. 1996. New Hawaiian plant records for 1995. Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 46: 3–8.

_____. 1997. New Hawaiian plant records for 1996. Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 49: 18–19.

_____. 1998. New Hawaiian plant records for 1997. Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 56: 8–15.

_____. 1999. New Hawaiian plant records for 1998. Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 58: 3- 11.

Herbst, D. R.  1971a.  Disjunct foliar veins in Hawaiian euphorbias.  Science 171: 1247–1248.

_____.  1971b.  A new Euphorbia (Euphorbiaceae) from Hawaii.  Pacific Sci. 25: 489–490.

_____.  1972.  Ontogeny of foliar venation in Euphorbia forbesii.  Amer. J. Bot. 59: 843–850.

_____.  1980.  Miscellaneous notes on the Hawaiian flora I.  Phytologia 45: 67–81.

_____.  1983a.  Endangered and threatened wildlife and plants; proposed endangered status and critical habitat for Kokia drynarioides (hauhele`ula).  Fed. Reg. 48: 40920–40923.

_____.  1983b.  Endangered and threatened wildlife and plants; proposed endangered status and critical habitat for Gouania hillebrandii.  Fed. Reg. 48: 40407–40411.

_____.  1984a.  Endangered and threatened wildlife and plants; final rule to list Bidens cuneata and Schiedea adamantis as endangered species.  Fed. Reg. 49: 6099–6101.

_____.  1984b.  Endangered and threatened wildlife and plants; final rule to list Gouania hillebrandii as an endangered species and to designate its critical habitat.  Fed. Reg. 49: 44753–44757.

_____.  1985.  Endangered and threatened wildlife and plants; determination of endangered status for Gardenia brighamii (na`u or Hawaiian gardenia) and withdrawal of proposed designation of critical habitat.  Fed. Reg. 50: 33728–33731.

_____.  1986a.  Endangered and threatened wildlife and plants; determination of endangered status for Achyranthes rotundata.  Fed. Reg. 51: 10518–10521.

_____.  1986b.  Endangered and threatened wildlife and plants; determination of endangered status for Argyroxiphium sandwicense ssp. sandwicense (`ahinahina or Mauna Kea silversword).  Fed. Reg. 51: 9814–9820.

_____.  1986c.  Endangered and threatened wildlife and plants; determination of endangered status for Mezoneuron kavaiense (uhiuhi).  Fed. Reg. 51: 24672–24675.

_____.  1986d.  Endangered and threatened wildlife and plants; determination of endangered status for Scaevola coriacea (dwarf naupaka).  Fed. Reg. 51: 17971–17974.

_____.  1986e.  Endangered and threatened wildlife and plants; determination of endangered status for Abutilon menziesii (ko`oloa`ula).  Fed. Reg. 51: 34412–34415.

_____.  1986f.  Endangered and threatened wildlife and plants; determination of endangered status for Hibiscadelphus distans (Kauai hau kuahiwi).  Fed. Reg. 51: 15903–15905.

_____.  1986g.  Endangered and threatened wildlife and plants; determination of endangered status for Santalum freycinetianum var. lanaiense (Lana`i sandalwood or `iliahi).  Fed. Reg. 51: 3182–3185.

_____. 1998. New records for Hawaiian plants. I. Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 56: 2–4.

Herbst, D. R. and J. J. Fay.  1979.  Endangered and threatened wildlife and plants; determination that three Hawaiian plants are endangered species.  Fed. Reg. 44: 62468–62469.

_____.  1981.  Proposal to list Panicum carteri (Carter's panicgrass) as an endangered species and determine its critical habitat.  Fed. Reg. 46: 9976–9979.

_____.  1983.  Endangered and threatened wildlife and plants; rule to list Panicum carteri (Carter's panicgrass) as an endangered species and determine its critical habitat.  Fed. Reg. 48: 46328–46332.

Herbst, D. R. and W. D. Clayton. 1998. Notes on the grasses of Hawai`i; new records, corrections, and name changes. Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 55: 17–38.

Herbst, D. R. and B. H. Gagné.  1984.  Endangered and threatened wildlife and plants; proposed endangered status and critical habitat for Gardenia brighamii Mann (na`u or Hawaiian gardenia).  Fed. Reg. 49: 40058–40062.

Herbst, D.R., G. W. Staples, and C.T. Imada. 2004. New Hawaiian plant records for 2002-2003. Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 78 (Part 1): 3-12.

Herbst, D. R. and W. Takeuchi.  1982.  Endangered and threatened wildlife and plants; proposed endangered status for Bidens cuneata and Schiedea adamantis.  Fed. Reg. 47: 36675–36678.

Herbst, D. R. and W. L. Wagner. 1992. Alien plants on the Northwestern Hawaiian Islands: in Stone, C. P., C. W. Smith, and J. T. Tunison (eds.), Alien plant invasions in native ecosystems of Hawaii: Management and research. University of Hawaii Cooperative National Park Resources Studies Unit, Honolulu, pp. 189–224.

_____. 1996. Contributions to the flora of Hawai`i. V. Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 46: 8–12.

_____. 1999. Contributions to the flora of Hawai`i. VII. Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 58: 12–36.

Hiepko, P.  1987.  The collections of the Botanical Museum Berlin‑Dahlem (B) and their history.  Englera 7: 219–252.

Higa, T. and P. J. Scheuer.  1974a.  [Hawaiian plant studies.  Part XV.] Alkaloids from Pelea barbigera.  Phytochemistry 13: 1269–1272.

_____.  1974b.  Hawaiian plant studies.  Part XVI.  Coumarins and flavones from Peleabarbigera (Gray) Hillebrand (Rutaceae).  J. Chem. Soc. Perkin Trans. I: 1350–1352.

Hill, K. D. and L. A. S. Johnson. 1995. Systematic studies in the Eucalypts 7. A revision of the bloodwoods, genus Corymbia (Myrtaceae).   Telopea 6: 185–504.

Hill, S. R.  1982a.  A monograph of the genus Malvastrum A. Gray (Malvaceae:  Malveae).  Rhodora 84: 1–83.

_____.  1982b.  A monograph of Malvastrum, II.  Rhodora 84: 159–264.

_____.  1982c.  A monograph of the genus Malvastrum-III.  Rhodora 84: 317–409.

Hillebrand, W.  1888.  Flora of the Hawaiian Islands:  a description of their phanerogams and vascular cryptogams.  Carl Winter, Heidelberg, Germany; Williams & Norgate, London; B. Westermann & Co., New York, 673 pp.  (Facsimile ed., 1965, Hafner Publ. Co., New York, 673 pp.; Facsimile ed., 1981, Lubrecht & Cramer, Monticello, N.Y., 673 pp.)

Hitchcock, A. S.  1922.  The grasses of Hawaii.  Mem. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 8: 101–230.

_____.  1933.  Remarks on type‑specimens, and on a new species of grass from Hawaii.  J. Bot. 71: 3–7.

Hitchcock, C. L.  1932.  A monographic study of the genus Lycium of the Western Hemisphere.  Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 19: 179–375.

_____.  1933a.  A taxonomic study of the genus Nama.  I.  Amer. J. Bot. 20: 415–431.

_____.  1933b.  A taxonomic study of the genus Nama.  II.  Amer. J. Bot. 20: 518–534.

_____.   1945a.  The South American species of Lepidium.  Lilloa 11: 75–134.

_____.  1945b.  The Mexican, Central American, and West Indian lepidia.  Madroño 8: 118–143.

Hobdy, R. W.  1984.  A re‑evaluation of the genus Hibiscadelphus (Malvaceae) and the description of a new species.  Occas. Pap. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 25(11): 1–7.

_____.  1987 [1988].  Portulaca molokiniensis (Portulacaceae), a new species from the Hawaiian Islands.  Pacific Sci. 41: 64–67.

Hochreutiner, B. P. G.  1900.  Revision du genre Hibiscus.  Annuaire Conserv. Jard. Bot. Genève 4: 23–191.

_____.  1912.  Plantae Hochreutineranae, étude systématique et biologique des collections faites par l'auteur au cours de son voyage aux Indes Néerlandaises et autour du monde pendant les années 1903 à 1905.  Fascicule I.  Annuaire Conserv. Jard. Bot. Genève 15: 145–247.

_____.  1925.  Plantae Hochreutineranae, étude systématique et biologique des collections faites par l'auteur au cours de son voyage aux Indes Néerlandaises et autour du monde pendant les années 1903 à 1905.  Fascicule II.  Candollea 2: 317–513.

_____.  1928.  Un Cyrtandropsis nouveau dans les Îles Hawai.  Arch. Sci. Phys. Nat. sér. 5, 10: 76–77.

_____.  1934.  Plantae Hochreutineranae, étude systématique et biologique des collections faites par l'auteur au cours de son voyage aux Indes Néerlandaises et autour du monde pendant les années 1903 à 1905.  Fascicule III.  Candollea 5: 175–341.

Hodel, D. R.  1980.  Notes on Pritchardia in Hawaii.  Principes 24: 65–81.

_____.  1985.  A new Pritchardia from South Kona, Hawaii.  Principes 29: 31–34.

_____. 2007. A review of the genus Pritchardia. Palms 51: S1- S53. Holcomb, R. T.  1987.  Eruptive history and long‑term behavior of Kilauea volcano:  in Decker, R. W., T. L. Wright, and P. H. Stauffer (eds.), Volcanism in Hawaii.  U.S. Geol. Surv. Prof. Pap. 1350: 261–350.

Holttum, R. E.  1950.  The Zingiberaceae of the Malay Peninsula.  Gard. Bull. Straits Settlem. 13: 1–249.

Holttum, R. E. and S. K. Roy. 1965. Cytological observations on ferns from New Guinea with descriptions of new species. Blumea 13: 129–139.

Hooker, J. D.  1870.  Obbea timonioides, Hook. f.  Icon. pl. 11: 56.

Hooker, W. J.  1836.  A brief memoir of the life of Mr. David Douglas, with extracts from his letters.  Companion Bot. Mag. 2: 79–182.

_____.  1837a.  Argyroxiphium sandwicense.  Icon. pl. 1: pl. 75.

_____ .  1837b.  Geranium cuneatum, Hook.  Icon. pl. 2: pl. 198.

_____ .  1844.  Schiedea nuttallii, Hook.  Icon. pl. 7: pl. 649650.

Hooker, W. J. and G. A. W. Arnott.  1832.  The botany of Captain Beechey's Voyage; comprising an account of the plants collected by Messrs. Lay and Collie, and other officers of the expedition, during the voyage to the Pacific and Bering's Strait, performed in His Majesty's Ship Blossom, under the command of Captain F. W. Beechey, R.N., F.R.S. & A.S., in the years 1825, 26, 27, and 28.  Parts 2–3.  Henry G. Bohn, London, pp. 49–144.  (Facsimile ed., 1965, J. Cramer, Weinheim, Germany.)

Hopkins, H. C. F. and J. Florence. 1998. A revision of Weinmannia (Cunoniaceae) in Malesia and the Pacific. 4. The Society, Marquesas and Austral Islands. Adansonia sér. 3, 20: 107-130.

Hosaka, E. Y.  1937.  Ecological and floristic studies in Kipapa Gulch, O`ahu.  Occas. Pap. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 13(17): 175–232.

_____.  1940.  A revision of the Hawaiian species of Myrsine (Suttonia, Rapanea), (Myrsinaceae).  Occas. Pap. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 16(2): 25–76.

_____.  1942.  A new Hawaiian Panicum (Gramineae).  Occas. Pap. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 17(5): 67–69.

Hosaka, E. Y. and O. Degener.  1938.  A new species of Phyllostegia and two new varieties of Cyanea of the Hawaiian Islands.  Occas. Pap. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 14(3): 27–30.

Hosaka, E. Y. and J. C. Ripperton.  1944.  Legumes of the Hawaiian ranges.  Hawaii Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 93: 1–80.

Hovenkamp, P. and F. Miyamoto. 2005. A conspectus of the native and naturalized species of Nephrolepis (Nephrolepidaceae) in the world. Blumea 50: 279–322.

Howarth, D. G., D. E. Gardner, and C. W. Morden. 1997 [1998].   Phylogeny of Rubus subgenus Idaeobatus (Rosaceae) and its implications toward colonization of the Hawaiian Islands. Syst. Bot. 22: 433–441.

Howarth, D. G., M. H. G. Gustafsson, D. A. Baum, and T. J. Motley. 2003. Phylogenetics of the genus Scaevola (Goodeniaceae): implications for dispersal patterns across the Pacific basin and colonization of the Hawaiian Islands. Am. J. Bot. 90:915-923.

Howarth, F. G. and S. L. Montgomery.  1980.  Notes on the ecology of the high altitude aeolian zone on Mauna Kea.  `Elepaio 41: 156.

Hsu, C.‑C.  1965.  The classification of Panicum (Gramineae) and its allies, with special reference to the characters of lodicule, style-base and lemma.  J. Tokyo Univ. Fac. Sci. Sect. III 9: 43–150.

Hu, S.‑Y.  1967.  The evolution and distribution of the species of Aquifoliaceae in the Pacific area (1).  J. Jap. Bot. 42: 13–27.

Huber, H. 1987. Piperaceae, pp. 272–300, in Dassanayake, M. D. & F. R. Fosberg (eds.) A revised handbook to the flora of Ceylon. Vol. VI. Amerind Publishing Co., New Delhi.

Hudgins, W. R. and P. J. Scheuer.  1964.  Chemotaxonomic value of some fingerprint gas chromatograms of oils from genus Pelea.  Naturwissenschaften 51: 511–512.

Hufford, L., M. L. Moody and D. E. Soltis. 2001. A phylogenetic analysis of Hydrangeaceae based on sequences of the plastid gene matK and their combination with rbcL and morphological data. Int. J. Plant Sci. 162(4):835–846.

Hughes, C. E., D. E. Bailey, S. Krosnick, and M. A. Luckow. 2003. Relationships among genera of the informal Dichrostachys and Leucaena groups (Mimosoidae) inferred from nuclear ribosomal ITS sequences. Pp. 221-238 in B. B. Klitgaard and A. Bruneau, eds. Advances in Legume Systematics, Part 10, Higher Level Systematics, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, UK.

Hughes, G. D'O. 1995. New Hawaiian plant records. II. Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 42:   1–10.

Hutchinson, J.  1967.  The genera of flowering plants (Angiospermae).  Dicotyledones.  Vol. II.  Clarendon Press, Oxford, 659 pp.

Huynh, K.-L.  1970.  Le pollen et la systématique chez le genre Lysimachia (Primulaceae).  I.  Morphologie générale du pollen et palynotaxonomie.  Candollea 25: 267–296.

_____.  1971.  Le pollen et la systématique chez le genre Lysimachia (Primulaceae).  II.  Considérations générales.  Candollea 26: 279–295.

_____. 1995. A new species of Freycinetia (Pandanaceae) from the Society Islands—New subgenus and new sections. Candollea 50: 231−245.

Top 

Iltis, H. H.  1967.  Studies in the Capparidaceae.  XI:  Cleome afrospina, a tropical African endemic with neotropical affinities.  Amer. J. Bot. 54: 953–962.

Imada, C. T. 2007. New Hawaiian plant records for 2005-2006. Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 96: 34-41.

Imada, C. T., S. A. James, and B. H. Kennedy. 2008. New Hawaiian plant records from Herbarium Pacificum for 2007. Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 100: 12-16.

Imada, C. T., G. W. Staples, and D. R. Herbst. 2000. New Hawaiian plant records for 1999. Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 63: 9–16.

Inda, L. A., J. G. Segarra-Moragues, J. Müller, P. M. Peterson, and P. Catalán. 2008. Dated historical biogeography of the temperate Loliinae (Poaceae, Pooideae) grasses in the northern and southern hemispheres. Mol. Phylo. Evol. 46: 932-957.

Ingle, H. D. and H. E. Dadswell.  1953.  The anatomy of the timbers of the South‑west Pacific area.  Austral. J. Bot. 3: 353–401.

Irwin, H. S. and R. C. Barneby.  1981.  Caesalpinioideae.  Tribe 2.  Cassieae Bronn (1822):  in Polhill, R. M., and P. H. Raven (eds.), Advances in legume systematics.  Part 1.  Proc. Int. Legume Conf., Kew 2: 97–106.

_____.  1982.  The American Cassiinae.  A synoptical revision of Leguminosae tribe Cassieae subtribe Cassiinae in the New World.  Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 35: 455–918.

Top 

Jacobi, J. D.  1981.  Vegetation changes in a subalpine grassland in Hawai`i following disturbance by feral pigs.  Coop. Natl. Park Resources Stud. Unit, Hawaii, Techn. Rep. 41: 29–52.

Jackson, B. D.  1928.  A glossary of botanic terms with their derivation and accent.  4th ed.  J. B. Lippincott Co., Philadelphia, and Duckworth & Co., London, 481 pp.

Jackson, E. D., E. A. Silver, and G. B. Dalrymple.  1972.  Hawaiian-Emperor Chain and its relation to Cenozoic circumpacific tectonics.  Geol. Soc. Amer. Bull. 83: 601–618.

Jacobs, M.  1960.  Capparidaceae.  Fl. Males. I. 6: 61–105.

_____.  1965.  The genus Capparis (Capparaceae) from the Indus to the Pacific.  Blumea 12: 385–541.

James, M. C.  1979.  The taxonomic significance of foliar sclereids in the genus Cyrtandra on O`ahu.  Master's thesis, Univ. Hawaii, Honolulu, 105 pp.

Jedwabnick, E.  1924.  Eragrostidis specierum imprimis ad herb. Berol., Hamburg., Monac., Regimont. digestarum conspectus.  Bot. Arch. 5: 177–216.

Jeffrey, C.  1967. Cucurbitaceae, in Flora of Tropical East Africa. Cucurbitaceae volume, pp. 1-156.

Jeffrey, C.  1978.  Further notes on Cucurbitaceae:  IV.  Some New‑World taxa.  Kew Bull. 33: 347–380.

_____.  1980.  On the nomenclature of the strand Scaevola species (Goodeniaceae).  Kew Bull. 34: 537–545.

_____. 1992. The tribe Senecioneae (Compositae) in the Mascarene Islands with an annotated world check-list of the genera of the tribe. Notes on Compositae VI. Kew Bull. 47: 49–109.

Jessop, J. P. 1979. Dianella. In C. G. G. J. van Steenis (ed.), Flora Malesiana ser. 1, 9: 206-209.

Johnson, L. A. S.  1957.  A review of the family Oleaceae.  Contr. New South Wales Natl. Herb. 2: 395–418.

Johnson, M. A.  1984.  The chromosome number of Brighamia citrina var. napaliensis; a rare succulent endemic from Hawaii.  Brit. Cact. Succ. J. 1: 106–107.

_____.  1986.  Plate 60.  Brighamia citrina var. napaliensis.  Campanulaceae.  Kew Mag. 3: 68–72.

Johnson, M. F.  1971.  A monograph of the genus Ageratum L. (Compositae-Eupatorieae).  Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 58: 6–88.

Johnston, I. M.  1937.  Studies in the Boraginaceae, XII.  J. Arnold Arbor. 18: 1–25.

Johnston, M. C.  1971.  Revision of Colubrina (Rhamnaceae).  Brittonia 23: 2–53.

Jones, A. G.  1984.  Nomenclatural notes on Aster (Asteraceae)-III.  The status of A. sandwicensis.  Brittonia 36: 463–466.

Jones, D. L. 1998a. Vittariaceae. Fl. Australia 48: 288–295.

_____. 1998b. Dryopteridaceae. Fl. Australia 48: 393–418.

_____. 1998c. Athyriaceae. Fl. Australia 48: 418–429.

Jourdan, S. 1988. Utilisation des données spot pour l'etude de la végétation de la terre deserte de Nuku Hiva (îles Marquises). Unpublished thesis, Université de Pau et des Pays de l'Adour, Centre Universitaire de Recherche Scientifique, 68 pp.

Judziewicz, E. J., R. J. Soreng, G. Davidse, P. M. Peterson, T. S. Filgueiras and F. O. Zuloaga. 2000. Catalogue of New World Grasses (Poaceae): I. Subfamilies Anomochlooideae, Bambusoideae, Ehrhartoideae, and Pharoideae. Contr. U.S. Natl. Herb. 39: 1-128.

Top  Kartawinata, K. and D. Mueller-Dombois.  1972.  Phytosociology and ecology of the natural dry-grass communities on O`ahu, Hawaii.  Reinwardtia 8: 369–494.

Kato, M. 2001. Deparia cataracticola (Woodsiaceae), a new species from Hawaii. Acta Phytotax. Geobot. 52: 1-9.

Kato, T.  1963.  An anatomical investigation of the arborescent Nyctaginaceae in Hawaii.  Master's thesis, Univ. Hawaii, Honolulu, 120 pp.

Kay, E. A. (ed.).  1968.  The Sandwich Islands from Richard Brimsley Hinds' journal of the Voyage of the 'Sulphur' (1836–1842).  Hawaiian J. Hist. 2: 103–135.

Keck, D. D.  1936.  The Hawaiian silverswords:  systematics, affinities, and phytogeographic problems of the genus Argyroxiphium.  Occas. Pap. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 11(19): 1–38.

Keil, D. J.  1978.  Revision of Pectis section Pectidium (Compositae:  Tageteae).  Rhodora 80: 135–146.

Keng, H.  1978.  Labiatae.  Fl. Males. I. 8: 301–394.

Kennedy, B. H., S. A. James, and C. T. Imada. 2010. New Hawaiian plant records from Herbarium Pacificum for 2008. Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 107: 19–26.

Kennedy, H.  1978.  Systematics and pollination of the "closed‑flowered" species of Calathea (Marantaceae).  Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. 71: 1–90.

Kern, J. H.  1962.  On the delimitation of the genus Gahnia (Cyperaceae).  Acta Bot. Neerl. 11: 216–224.

_____.  1974.  Cyperaceae.  Fl. Males. I. 7(3): 435–753.

Kew Royal Botanic Gardens. http://www.kew.org/plants-fungi. Accessed 19 Nov 2011.

Kiehn, M. and C. T. Imada. 2010. Psychotria greenwelliae Fosberg – not on O`ahu! Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 107: 27-28.

Kiesling, R.  1982.  Problemas nomenclaturales en el gènero Cereus (Cactaceae).  Darwiniana 24: 443–453.

Killip, E. P.  1938.  The American species of Passifloraceae.  Publ. Field Mus. Nat. Hist., Bot. Ser. 19: 1–612.

Kim, H., S. C. Keeley, and R. K. Jansen. 1996. Phylogenetic position of the Hawaiian endemic Hesperomannia (Mutisieae) based on ndhF sequence data. Amer. J. Bot. Suppl. 83(6): 167.

Kim, H., S. C. Keeley, P. S. Vroom, and R. K. Jansen. 1998. Molecular evidence for an African origin of the Hawaiian endemic Hesperomannia (Asteraceae). Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 95: 15440- 15445.

Kim, I.  1987.  Comparative anatomy of some parents and hybrids of the Hawaiian Madiinae (Asteraceae).  Amer. J. Bot. 74: 1224–1238.

Kim, S., D. J. Crawford, M. Tadesse, M. Berbee, F. R. Ganders, M. Pirseyedi, and E. J. Esselman. 1999. ITS sequences and phylogenetic relationships in Bidens and Coreopsis (Asteraceae). Syst. Bot. 24: 480-493.

King, R. M. and H. Robinson. 1987. The genera of the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae).   Monogr. Syst. Bot. Missouri Bot. Gard. 22: i–ix, 1–581.

Kirch, P. V. 1982. The impact of prehistoric Polynesians on the Hawaiian ecosystem. Pacific Sci. 36:1-14.

_____. 1985.  Feathered gods and fishhooks:  an introduction to Hawaiian archaeology and prehistory.  Univ. Hawaii Press, Honolulu, 349 pp.

Kirch, P. V. and T. L. Hunt (eds.). 1997. Historical ecology in the Pacific islands: Prehistoric environmental and landscape change. Yale University Press, New Haven.

Klotzsch, J. F.  1851.  Studien über die natürliche Klass Bicornes Linné.  Linnaea 24: 1–88.

_____.  1860.  Linné's natürliche Pflanzenklasse Tricoccae des Berliner Herbarium's im Allgemeinen und die natürliche Ordnung Euphorbiaceae insbesondere.  Abh. Königl. Akad. Wiss. Berlin 1859(1): 1–108; not seen.

Knapp, R. (Transl. A. Y. Yoshinaga and H. H. Iltis).  1975.  Vegetation of the Hawaiian Islands.  Newslett. Hawaiian Bot. Soc. 14: 95–121.

Kobuski, C. E.  1935.  Studies in Theaceae, I.  Eurya subgen. Ternstroemiopsis.  J. Arnold Arbor. 16: 347–352.

_____.  1938.  Studies in Theaceae.  III.  Eurya subgenera Euryodes and Penteurya.  Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 25: 299–359.

_____.  1947.  Studies in the Theaceae, XV.  A review of the genus Adinandra.  J. Arnold Arbor. 28: 1–98.

Koidzumi, G.  1914.  Lobelia boninensis, Koidz.:  in Matsumaro, L. (ed.), Icon. pl. koisik. 2: 19–20, pl. 94.

Komkris, T.  1963.  Structure and ontogeny of Euphorbia degeneri Sherff.  Master's thesis, Univ. Hawaii, Honolulu, 75 pp.

Koning, R. de, and M. S. M. Sosef.  1985.  The Malesian species of Paspalum L. (Gramineae).  Blumea 30: 279–318.

Koopman, W. J. M., M. J. Zevenbergen, and R. G. Van den Berg. 2001. Species relationships in Lactuca s.l. Lactuceae, Asteraceae) inferred from AFLP fingerprints. Amer. J. Bot. 88: 1881–1887.

Kores, P. J.  1979a.  Taxonomy and pollination in the wild Hawaiian orchids.  Master's thesis, Univ. Hawaii, Honolulu, 182 pp.

_____.  1979b.  A review of the literature on Hawaiian orchids.  Newslett. Hawaiian Bot. Soc. 18: 34–55.

_____.  1980.  Pollination mechanisms as a limiting factor in the development of the orchidaceous flora of Hawai`i.  Proc. 3rd Conf. Nat. Sci., Hawaii Volcanoes Natl. Park, pp. 183–191.

_____. 1989. A precursory study of Fijiian orchids. Allertonia 5: 1−222.

_____. 1991. Orchidaceae, in A. C. Smith, Flora Vitiensis Nova 5: 322−575.

Kostermans, A. J. G. H.  1961.  The new world species of Cinnamomum Trew (Lauraceae).  Reinwardtia 6: 17–24.

_____.  1977a.  Notes on Asiatic, Pacific, and Australian Diospyros.  Blumea 23: 449–474.

_____.  1977b.  Notes on Ceylonese ebony trees (Ebenaceae).  Ceylon J. Sci., Biol. Sci. 12: 89–108.

Koutnik, D. L.  1982.  A taxonomic revision of the Hawaiian species of the genus Chamaesyce (Euphorbiaceae).  Ph.D. dissertation, Univ. California, Davis, 173 pp.

_____.  1984.  Chamaesyce (Euphorbiaceae)-a newly recognized genus in southern Africa.  S. African J. Bot. 3: 262–264.

_____.  1985.  New combinations in Hawaiian Chamaesyce (Euphorbiaceae).  Brittonia 37: 397–399.

_____.  1987.  A taxonomic revision of the Hawaiian species of the genus Chamaesyce (Euphorbiaceae).  Allertonia 4: 331–388.

Koyama, T. 1956. Taxonomic study of Cyperaceae. Bot. Mag. (Tokyo) 69: 59-67.

_____.  1962.  The genus Scirpus Linn.  Some North American aphylloid species.  Canad. J. Bot. 40: 913–937.

_____.  1964.  The Cyperaceae of Micronesia.  Micronesica 1: 59–111.

_____.  1979.  Cyperaceae:  In Smith, A. C., Flora Vitiensis nova.  A new flora of Fiji (Spermatophytes only).  Vol. 1.  Pacific Tropical Botanical Garden, Lawai, Hawaii, pp. 220–274.

_____.  1985.  Cyperaceae:  In Dassanayake, M. D., and F. R. Fosberg (eds.), A revised handbook to the flora of Ceylon.  Vol. V.  Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C., pp. 125–405.

Koyama, T., Kennedy, B. H., and C. T. Imada. 2010. On the identity of Gahnia lanaiensis O. Deg. & J. Kern (Cyperaceae) of Hawai`i. Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 107: 29-32.

Koyama, T. and B. C. Stone.  1960.  The genus Scirpus in the Hawaiian Islands.  Bot. Mag. (Tokyo) 73: 288–294.

Kraenzlin, F. W. L. 1899. Orchidacearum genera et species. Part 11: 641–704. Mayer & Müller, Berlin.

_____ .   1929.  Beiträge zur Kenntnis der Familie der Myoporinae R. Br. mit besonderer Berücksichtigung der Myoporinous Plants of Australia.  Tome II-Lithograms.  Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. Beih. 54: 1–129.

Krajina, V. J.  1930a.  Generis Gunnerae species hawaiienses.  Acta Bot. Bohem. 9: 49–52.

_____.  1930b.  New Hawaiian species of Pipturus.  Occas. Pap. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 9(3): 1–6.

_____.  1931.  Generis Cheirodendrum species hawaiienses ex affinitate Cheirodendri platyphylli.  Preslia 10: 91–100.

_____.  1963.  Biogeoclimatic zones on the Hawaiian Islands.  Newslett. Hawaiian Bot. Soc. 2: 93–98.

Kramer, K. U. and P. M. McCarthy. 1998a. Lindsaeaceae. Fl. Australia 48: 228–240.

_____. 1998b. Pteridaceae. Fl. Australia 48: 241–248.

Kraus, F. 2003. New records of alien plants and animals in Hawai`i. Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 74: 76–78.

Krause, K.  1912.  Goodeniaceae.  Pflanzenr. IV. 227 (Heft 54): 1–207.

Krauss, B. H.  1974.  Ethnobotany of Hawaii.  Dept. Botany, Univ. Hawaii, Honolulu, 248 pp.

Krauss, R. W.  1950.  A taxonomic revision of the Hawaiian species of the genus Carex.  Pacific Sci. 4: 249–282.

Krukoff, B. A.  1972.  Notes on Asiatic-Polynesian-Australian species of Erythrina, II.  J. Arnold Arbor. 53: 128–139.

Krukoff, B. A. and R. C. Barneby.  1973.  Notes on the species of Erythrina.  VII.  Phytologia 27: 108–141.

_____.  1974.  Conspectus of species of the genus Erythrina.  Lloydia 37: 332–459.

Kükenthal, G.  1909.  Cyperaceae-Caricoideae.  Pflanzenr. IV. 20 (Heft 38): 1–824.

_____.  1920.  Cyperaceae novae.  V.  Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 16: 430–435.

_____.  1935–1936.  Cyperaceae-Scirpoideae-Cypereae.  Pflanzenr. IV. 20 (Heft 101): 1–671.

_____.  1936.  Cyperaceae:  in Hochreutiner, B. P. G., Plantae Hochreutineranae, étude systématique et biologique des collections faites par l'auteur au cours de son voyage aux Indes Néerlandaises et autour du monde pendant les années 1903 à 1905.  Fascicule IV.  Candollea 6: 412–432.

_____.  1940.  Vorarbeiten zu einer Monographie der Rhynchosporoideae.  VIII.  Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 48: 49–72.

_____.  1950.  Vorarbeiten zu einer Monographie der Rhynchosporideae.  Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 75: 127–195.

Kunth, C. S.  1829.  Révision des graminées.  Part 3.  Librairie‑Gide, Paris, pp. [579]–666.

_____.  1837.  Cyperographia synoptica.  Enum. pl. 2: 1–592.

_____.  1850.  Enumeratio Aspariginearum.  Enum. pl. 5: 1–908.

Kuntze, O.  1891a.  Dicotyledones II.  Revis. gen. pl. 2: 375–1011.

_____.  1891b.  Dicotyledones.  Revis. gen. pl. 1: 1–374.

Top 

Labiak, P. H. 2011. Stenogrammitis, a new genus of grammitid ferns segregated from Lellingeria (Polypodiaceae). Brittonia 63: 139–149.

Lackey, J. A.  1977.  Neonotonia, a new generic name to include Glycine wightii (Arnott) Verdcourt (Leguminosae, Papilionoideae).  Phytologia 37: 209–212.

Lam, H. J.  1925.  The Sapotaceae, Sarcospermaceae and Boerlagellaceae of the Dutch East Indies and surrounding countries (Malay Peninsula and Philippine Islands).  Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenzorg, sér. III, 7: 1–289.

_____.  1938.  Monograph of the genus Nesoluma (Sapotaceae).  A primitive Polynesian endemic of supposed Antarctic origin.  Occas. Pap. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 14(9): 127–165.

_____.  1942.  A tentative list of wild Pacific Sapotaceae, except those from New Caledonia.  Blumea 5: 1–46.

_____.  1954.  Nesoluma and Planchonella from the Hawaiian Islands (Sapotaceae).  Occas. Pap. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 21(10): 209–212.

Lammers, T. G.  1988a.  Chromosome numbers and their systematic implications in Hawaiian Lobelioideae (Campanulaceae).  Amer. J. Bot. 75: 1130–1134.

_____.  1988b. New taxa, new names, and new combinations in the Hawaiian Lobelioideae (Campanulaceae).  Syst. Bot. 13: 496–508.

_____. 1991. Systematics of Clermontia Campanulaceae-Lobelioideae). Syst. Bot. Monogr. 32: 1–97.

_____. 1992. Two new combinations in the endemic Hawaiian genus Cyanea (Campanulaceae: Lobelioideae). Novon 2: 129–131.

_____. 1996. A new linear-leaved Cyanea (Campanulaceae: Lobelioideae) from Kaua`i, and the discovery of Cyanea linearifolia.   Brittonia 48: 237–240.

_____. 1998. New names and combinations in Campanulaceae. Novon 8: 31–35.

_____. 1999. A new Lobelia from Mexico, with additional nomenclatural changes in world Campanulaceae. Novon 9: 381–389.

_____. 2004. Five New Species of the Endemic Hawaiian Genus Cyanea (Campanulaceae: Lobelioideae). Novon 14:84–101.

_____. 2005. Revision of Delissea (Campanulaceae: Lobelioideae). Syst. Bot. Monogr. 73: 1–75.

_____. 2007. Revision of Lobelia sect. Galeatella (Campanulaceae: Lobelioideae). J. Bot. Res. Inst. Texas 1: 789 – 810.

_____. 2007. World Checklist and Bibliography of Campanulaceae. Richmond, UK: Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew.

_____. 2009. Revision of the Endemic Hawaiian Genus Trematolobelia (Campanulaceae: Lobelioideae). Brittonia 61: 126-143.

Lammers, T. G., T. J. Givnish, and K. J. Sytsma. 1993. Merger of the endemic Hawaiian genera Cyanea and Rollandia (Campanulaceae: Lobelioideae).   Novon 3: 437–441.

Lammers, T. G. and C. E. Freeman.  1986.  Ornithophily among the Hawaiian Lobelioideae (Campanulaceae):  evidence from floral nectar sugar compositions.  Amer. J. Bot. 73: 1613–1619.

Lammers, T. G. and D. H. Lorence. 1993. A new species of Cyanea (Campanulaceae: Lobelioideae) from Kaua`i, and the resurrection of C. remyi.   Novon 3: 431–436.

Lammers, T. G., S. G. Weller, and A. Sakai.  1987 [1988].  Japanese White‑eye, an introduced passerine, visits the flowers of Clermontia arborescens, an endemic Hawaiian lobelioid.  Pacific Sci. 41: 74–78.

Lane, M. A. and B. L. Turner (eds.).  1985.  The generic concept in the Compositae:  a symposium.  Taxon 34: 5–88.

Lanjouw, J. and F. A. Stafleu.  1957a.  Index Herbariorum.  Part II, Collectors, first installment, A-D.  Regnum Veg. 9: 1–174.

_____.  1957b.  Index Herbariorum.  Part II, Collectors, second installment, E-H.  Regnum Veg. 9: 175–295.

Lassetter, J. S. and C. R. Gunn.  1979 [1980].  Vicia menziesii Sprengel (Fabaceae) rediscovered:  its taxonomic relationships.  Pacific Sci. 33: 85–101.

Lau, A. and D. Frohlich. 2012. New plant records from O`ahu for 2009. Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 113: 7-26.

Lau, J. Q. C. 1995. New Hawaiian plant records. III. Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 42: 10.

Lauener, L. A.  1976.  Catalogue of the names published by Hector Léveillé:  IX [Compositae].  Notes Roy. Bot. Gard. Edinburgh 34: 327–402.

Lawrence, G. H. M., A. F. G. Buchheim, G. S. Daniels, and H. Dolezal (eds.).  1968.  B‑P‑H:  Botanico‑Periodicum‑Huntianum.  Hunt Botanical Library, Pittsburgh, 1063 pp.

Leenhouts, P. W.  1962.  Loganiaceae. Flora Malesiana 1, 6: 293-387

Leenhouts, P. W.  1983.  Notes on the extra‑Australian species of Dodonaea (Sapindaceae).  Blumea 28: 271–289.

Leighly, J. B. 1933. Marquesan Meteorology. Notes on the meteorologic observations made in the Marquesas Islands by the Pacific Entomological Survey during the years 1929–1932. Univ. Calif. Publ. Geogr. 6: 147–172.

Les, D. H. and R. R. Haynes. 1997. Coleogeton (Potamogetonaceae), a new genus of pondweeds. Novon 6: 389–391.

Lessing, C. F.  1831.  Synanthereae:  in Chamisso, L. C. A. von, and D. F. L. von Schlechtendal, De plantis in expeditione speculatoria Romanzoffiana observatis.  Linnaea 6: 83–170, 209–260, 501–528.

_____.  1832.  Synopsis generum Compositarum earumque dispositionis novae tentamen monographiis multarum capensium interjectis...  Duncker & Humblot, Berlin, 473 pp.

Léveillé, H.  1911a.  Plantae novae sandwicenses.  II.  Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 10: 149–157.

_____.  1911b.  Plantae novae sandwicenses.  Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 10: 120–124.

_____.  1912a.  Decades plantarum novarum.  XC-XCII.  Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 11: 63–67.

_____.  1912b.  Decades plantarum novarum.  LXXV-LXXIX.  Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 10: 369–378.

_____.  1912c.  Decades plantarum novarum.  LXXX-LXXXVI.  Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 10: 431–444.

_____.  1912d.  Decades plantarum novarum.  LXXXVII-LXXXVIII.  Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 10: 473–476.

_____.  1912e.  Decades plantarum novarum.  LXXXIX.  Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 11: 31–33.

_____.  1913a.  Decades plantarum novarum.  CXII-CXVIII.  Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 12: 181–191.

_____.  1913b.  Decades plantarum novarum.  CXXVI.  Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 12: 505–507.

Levin, G. A.  1986a.  Systematic foliar morphology of Phyllanthoideae (Euphorbiaceae).  I.  Conspectus.  Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 73: 29–85.

_____.  1986b.  Systematic foliar morphology of Phyllanthoideae (Euphorbiaceae).  II.  Phenetic analysis.  Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 73: 86–98.

_____.  1986c.  Systematic foliar morphology of Phyllanthoideae (Euphorbiaceae).  III.  Cladistic analysis.  Syst. Bot. 11: 515–530.

Lewis, G. P., B. Schrire, B. Mackinder, and M. Lock (eds.) 2005. Legumes of the world. Richmond, UK: Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew.

Lewis, W. H. and M. P. F. Elvin‑Lewis.  1977.  Medical botany.  Plants affecting man's health.  John Wiley & Sons, New York, 515 pp.

Lewis, W. H. and R. L. Oliver.  1974.  Revision of Richardia (Rubiaceae).  Brittonia 26: 271–301.

Lewton, F. L.  1912.  Kokia:  a new genus of Hawaiian trees.  Smithsonian Misc. Collect. 60(5): 1–4.

Li, H.‑L.  1963.  Woody flora of Taiwan.  The Morris Arboretum, Philadelphia, 974 pp.

Li, S. et al. 2010. Falcataria, in Flora of China 10, p. 2, 61,62. http://www.efloras.org/florataxon.aspx?flora_id=2&taxon_id=316993, accessed 9/16/2010

Lindley, J. 1830–1840. The genera and species of orchidaceous plants. Ridgways, Piccadilly, London, 553 pp. (Facsimile ed., 1963, A. Asher & Co., Amsterdam).

Linney, G.  1986.  Coccinia grandis (L.) Voigt:  a new cucurbitaceous weed in Hawai`i.  Newslett. Hawaiian Bot. Soc. 25: 3–5.

_____.  1987 [1988].  Nomenclatural and taxonomic changes in Hawaiian Alectryon (Sapindaceae).  Pacific Sci. 41: 68–73.

Lindqvist, C. and V. A. Albert. 2002. Origin of the endemic Hawaiian mints within North American Stachys (Lamiaceae). Am. J. Bot. 89:1709-1724.

Lindqvist, C., T. J. Motley, J. J. Jeffrey, and V. A. Albert. 2003. Cladogenesis and reticulation in the endemic Hawaiian mints (Lamiaceae). Cladistics 19:480-495.

Liotard, J. M., H. G. Barsczus, C. Dupuy, and J. Dostal. 1986. Geochemistry and origin of basaltic lavas from Marquesas Archipelago, French Polynesia. Contr. Mineral Petrol. 92: 260–268.

Lipman, P. W., J. P. Lockwood, R. T. Okamura, D. A. Swanson, and K. M. Yamashita.  1985.  Ground deformation associated with the magnitude‑7.2 earthquake and resulting changes in activity of Kilauea volcano 1975–1977, Hawaii.  U.S. Geol. Surv. Prof. Pap. 1276: 1–45.

Lippold, H.  1980.  Die Gattungen Thevetia L., Cerbera L. und Cascabela Rafin. (Apocynaceae).  Feddes Repert. 91(1–2): 45–55.

Little, E. L., Jr. and R. G. Skolmen.  1989.  Common forest trees of Hawaii (native and introduced).  U.S.D.A. Agric. Handbook 679: 1–321.

Little, R. J. and C. E. Jones.  1980.  A dictionary of botany.  Van Nostrand Reinhold Co., New York, 400 pp.

Liu, Ho-Yih. 1993. Cucurbitaceae, in Flora of Taiwan, second edition 3: 855-871.

Lockwood, J. P. and P. W. Lipman. 1987. Holocene eruptive history of Mauna Loa Volcano: in Decker, R. W., T. L. Wright, and P. H. Stauffer (eds.), Volcanism in Hawaii. U.S. Geol. Surv. Prof. Pap. 1350: 509–535.

Loesener, T.  1891.  [Title unknown].  Verh. Bot. Vereins Prov. Brandenburg 25.

_____.  1901.  Monographia Aquifoliacearum.  Pars I.  Nova Acta Acad. Caes. Leop.‑Carol. German. Nat. Cur. 78: 1–598.

Loope, L. and A. C. Medeiros. 1992. A new and invasive pampas grass on Maui. Hawaiian Bot. Soc. Newsl. 31: 7–8.

Lorence, D. H. 1996. A new species of Nototrichium(Amaranthaceae) from Kaua`i, Hawaiian Islands. Novon 6: 64–67.

Lorence, D. H. (editor) 1997. Botanical results of the 1988 Fahu Hiva Expedition to the Marquesas Islands. Allertonia 7(4): 221–306.

Lorence D.H. and J.-F. Butaud. 2011. A Reassessment of Marquesan Ochrosia and Rauvolfia (Apocynaceae) with two new combinations. PhytoKeys 4: 95-107. doi: 10.3897/phytokeys.4.1599

Lorence, D. H. and T. Flynn. 1995. Contributions to the Flora of Hawai`i. III. New additions, range extensions, and rediscoveries of flowering plants. Bishop Museum Occasional Papers 41: 19-58.

_____. 1997. New naturalized plant records for Kaua`i.   Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 49: 9–13.

_____. 1999. New naturalized plant records for the Hawaiian Islands. Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 59: 6.

_____. 2006. New naturalized plant records for Kaua`i and Hawai`i. Bishop Mus. Occas. Papers 88: 1—5.

Lorence, D. H., T. W. Flynn, and W. L. Wagner. 1995. Contributions to the flora of Hawai`i. III. New additions, range extensions, and rediscoveries of flowering plants. Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 41: 19–58.

Lorence, D. H. and C. E. C. Gemmill. 2004. Pritchardia flynnii (Arecaceae) a new endemic species from Kaua`i, Hawaiian Islands. Novon 14: 185-189.

Lorence, D. H. and S. Perlman. 2007. A new species of Cyrtandra (Gesneriaceae) from Hawai`i, Hawaiian Islands. Novon 17: 357-361.

Lorence, D. H., A. Manning, S. L. Montgomery, and W. L. Wagner (alphabetical). 2001. Species Profiles. Pp. 232–259. In: Liittschwager, D. and S. Middleton. Remains of a rainbow: Rare plants and animals of Hawai`i. National Geographic, Washington DC.

Lorence, D. H. and W. L. Wagner. 1995. Another new, nearly extinct species of Hibiscadelphus (Malvaceae) from the Hawaiian Islands. Novon 5: 183–187.

_____. 1996. A new species of Chamaesyce sect. Sclerophyllae (Euphorbiaceae) from Kaua`i. Novon 6: 68–71.

_____. 1997. A revision of Lepinia (Apocynaceae), with description of a new species from the Marquesas Islands. Allertonia 7: 254–266.

_____. 2005. A Revision of Psychotria (Rubiaceae) in the Marquesas Islands (French Polynesia). Allertonia. [50 pp. + 13 plates]

_____. 2011. Introduction to Botany of the Marquesas Islands: new taxa, combinations, and revisions. PhytoKeys 4: 1-4. doi: 10.3897/phytokeys.4.1781.

_____. 2011. Weinmannia marquesana var. angustifolia (Cunoniaceae) a new variety from the Marquesas Islands. PhytoKeys 4: 61-66. doi: 10.3897/phytokeys.4.1605.

_____. 2011. Revision of Kadua (Rubiaceae) in the Marquesas Islands, French Polynesia, with description of a new species K. lichtlei. PhytoKeys 4: 125-138. doi: 10.3897/phytokeys.4.1601.

___. 2011. Oxalis simplicifolia (Oxalidaceae), an unusual new unifoliolate species from the Marquesas Islands (French Polynesia). PhytoKeys 4: 53-60. doi: 10.3897/phytokeys.4.1604.

Lorence, D. H., W. L. Wagner, and W. G. Laidlaw. 2010. Kadua haupuensis (Rubiaceae: Spermacoceae), a new endemic species from Kaua`i, Hawaiian Islands. Brittonia 62: 137-144.

Lorence D.H., W.L. Wagner, K.R. Wood, and A.R. Smith. 2011. New pteridophyte species and combinations from the Marquesas Islands, French Polynesia. PhytoKeys 4: 5-51. doi: 10.3897/phytokeys.4.1602.

Lorence, D. H. and K. R. Wood. 1994. Kanaloa, a new genus of Fabaceae (Mimosoideae) from Hawaii. Novon 4: 137–145.

Lothian, N.  1947.  Critical notes on the genus Wahlenbergia Schrader.  Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 71: 201–235.

Lowden, R. M.  1982.  An approach to the taxonomy of Vallisneria L. (Hydrocharitaceae).  Aquatic Bot. 13: 269–298.

Lowrey, T. K.  1986.  A biosystematic revision of Hawaiian Tetramolopium (Compositae: Astereae).  Allertonia 4: 203–265.

_____. 1995. Phylogeny, adaptive radiation, and biogeography of Hawaiian Tetramolopium (Asteraceae, Astereae). Pp. 195-220 in W. L. Wagner and V.A. Funk, eds. Hawaiian biogeography: Evolution on a hotspot archipelago. Smithsonian Institution Press, Washington .

Lowrey, T. K. and D. J. Crawford.  1985.  Allozyme divergence and evolution in Tetramolopium (Compositae:  Astereae) on the Hawaiian Islands.  Syst. Bot. 10: 64–72.

Lowry, P. P. II.  1986 [1988].  A synopsis of native Hawaiian Araliaceae.  Pacific Sci. 40: 79–87.

Lowry, P.P, II and G. M. Plunkett. 2010. Recircumscription of Polyscias (Araliaceae) to include six related genera, with a new infrageneric classification and a synopsis of species. Plant Div. Evol. 128: 55–84.

Lowry, P. P. and K. R. Wood. 2000. A new, threatened species of Tetraplasandra (Araliceae) from Kaua`i, Hawaiian Islands, and notes on its conservation status.   Novon 10: 40–44.

Lu, P.-L. and Morden, C. W. 2014. Phylogenetic relationships among Dracaenoid genera (Asparagaceae: Nolinoideae) inferred from chloroplast DNA loci. Sys. Bot. 39: 99-104.

Lucas, G. and H. Synge.  1978.  The IUCN plant red data book.  International Union for Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources, Morges, Switzerland, 540 pp.

Luer, C. A.  1975.  The native orchids of the United States and Canada excluding Florida.  The New York Botanical Garden, New York, 361 pp.

Luther, H. E. and G. K. Brown. 2009. Bromeliaceae, in Flora of North America online. Accessed 4/29/2009: http://www.efloras.org/florataxon.aspx?flora_id=1&taxon_id=10123

Lydgate, J. M.  1919–1921.  Reminiscences of an amateur collector.  Hawaiian Almanac and Annual for 1920: 120–126 (1919); 1921: 68–76 (1920); 1922: 61–67 (1921).

Lye, K. A. 2003. Schoenoplectiella Lye, gen. nov. (Cyperaceae). Lidia 6: 20–29.

Lyon, H. L.  1923.  Forestry on O`ahu.  Hawaiian Pl. Rec. 27: 283–310.

Top 

Maas-Van de Kamer, H. and P. J. M. Maas. 2008. The Cannaceae of the world. Blumea 53: 247−318.

Mabberley, D. J.  1974.  The pachycaul lobelias of Africa and St. Helena.  Kew Bull. 29: 535–584.

_____.  1975a.  The giant lobelias:  toxicity, inflorescence and tree‑building in the Campanulaceae.  New Phytologist 75: 289–295.

_____.  1975b.  The giant lobelias:  pachycauly, biogeography, ornithophily and continental drift.  New Phytologist 74: 365–374.

_____.  1987.  The plant book:  a portable dictionary of the higher plants.  Cambridge Univ. Press, London, 706 pp.

_____. 1997. The plant book, 2nd edition. Cambridge University Press, United Kingdom.

_____. 2008. The plant book, 3rd edition. Cambridge University Press, United Kingdom.

Mabberley, D. J., C. M. Pannell, and A. M. Sing. 1995. Meliaceae. Fl. Malesiana. Ser. I. 12: 1–407.

MacCaughey, V.  1918.  The endemic palms of Hawaii:  Pritchardia.  Pl. World 21: 317–328.

_____.  1918–1919.  History of botanical exploration in Hawaii.  Hawaiian Forester Agric. 15: 388–396, 417–429, 508–510 (1918); 16: 25–28, 49–54 (1919).

MacDonald, G. A., A. T. Abbott, and F. L. Peterson.  1983.  Volcanoes in the sea.  2nd ed.  Univ. Hawaii Press, Honolulu, 517 pp.

Maesen, L. J. G. van der. 1985. Revision of the genus Pueraria DC. with some notes on Teyleria Backer. Agric. Univ. Wageningen Paps. 85–1: 1–132.

Malo, D.  1951.  Hawaiian antiquities.  2nd ed.  Bernice P. Bishop Mus. Spec. Publ. 2: 1–278.

Manitz, H.  1983 [1984].  Die cytologie der Convolvulaceae und Cuscutaceae I.  Zusammenstellung der bekannten Chromosomenzahlen.  Wiss. Z. Friedrich‑Schiller‑Univ. Jena 32: 915–944.

Mann, H.  1866.  Revision of the genus Schiedea, and of the Hawaiian Rutaceae.  Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. 10: 309–319.

_____.  1867.  Enumeration of Hawaiian plants.  Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 7: 143–235.

_____.  1869.  Notes on Alsinidendron, Platydesma, and Brighamia, new genera of Hawaiian plants; with an analysis of the Hawaiian flora.  Mem. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. 1: 529–541.

Mansion, G. 2004. A new classification of the polyphyletic genus Centaurium Hill (Chironiinae - Gentianaceae): description of the New-World endemic Zeltnera, and reinstatement of Gyrandra Griseb., and Schenkia Griseb. Taxon 53: 719-740.

Mansion, G. and L. Struwe. 2004. Molecular phylogeny of the subtribe Chironiinae. Evidences for a polyphyletic genus Centaurium Hill (Gentianaceae). Mol. Phylo. Evol. 32: 951-957.

Manton, I. 1954. In Holttum Vol. II Flora of Malaya. Govt. Printing Office, Singapore. 626.

Manton, I. and W. A. Sledge. 1954. Observations on the cytology and taxonomy of pteridophyte flora of Ceylon. Philos. Trans. Roy. Soc. London Ser. B, 238(654): 127-185.

Marchant, Y. Y., F. R. Ganders, C.‑K. Wat, and G. H. N. Towers.  1984.  Polyacetylenes in Hawaiian Bidens.  Biochem. Syst. Ecol. 12: 167–178.

Markgraf, F.  1950.  Neue Diagnosen.  Mitt. Bot. Staatssamml. München 1: 26–31.

Marr, K. L. and B. A. Bohm. 1997. A taxonomic revision of the endemic Hawaiian Lysimachia (Primulaceae), including three new species. Pacific Sci. 51: 254–287.

Martelli, U.  1913.  Enumerazione delle "Pandanaceae." II.  Webbia 5: 1–105.

_____.  1930.  Two new varieties of Pandanus odoratissimus Linn. in the Hawaiian group.  Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. 12: 363–368.

Marticorena, C. and O. Parra.  1975.  Morfologia de los granos de polen de Hesperomannia Gray y Moquinia DC. (Compositae-Mutisieae).  Estudio comparativo con generos afines.  Gayana, Bot. 29: 1–22.

Martius, C. F. P. von.  1845.  Historia naturalis palmarum.  Vol. 3, Part 7 (2nd ed.).  T. O. Weigel, Leipzig, pp. 181–230.

McClure, F. A.  1957.  Bamboos of the genus Phyllostachys under cultivation in the United States.  U.S.D.A. Agric. Res. Serv., Agric. Handbook 114: 1–69.

McCormick, S. P., B. A. Bohm, and F. R. Ganders.  1984.  Methylated chalcones from Bidens torta.  Phytochemistry 23: 2400–2401.

McDermid, K. J., M. C. Gregoritza, and D. W. Freshwater. 2002. A new record of a second seagrass species from the Hawaiian Archipelago: Halophila decipiens Ostenfeld. Aquatic Botany 74: 257–262.

McGeorge, W. and W. A. Anderson.  1912.  Euphorbia lorifolia, a possible source of rubber and chicle.  Hawaii Agric. Exp. Sta. Press Bull. 37: 1–16.

McManus, R. E., R. F. Altevogt and B. MacBryde.  1978.  Endangered and threatened wildlife and plants; determination that 11 plant taxa are endangered species and 2 plant taxa are threatened species.  Fed. Reg. 43: 17910–17916.

McVaugh, R.  1940.  A revision of "Laurentia" and allied genera in North America.  Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 67: 778–798.

_____.  1945.  The genus Triodanis Raf., and its relationships to Specularia and Campanula.  Wrightia 1: 13–52.

_____.  1948.  Generic status of Triodanis and Specularia.  Rhodora 50: 38–49.

_____.  1965.  South American Lobelioideae new to science.  Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 52: 399–409.

McVaugh, R., R. Ross, and F. A. Stafleu.  1968.  An annotated glossary of botanical nomenclature.  Regnum Veg. 56: 1–31.

Mears, J. A.  1977.  The nomenclature and type collections of the widespread taxa of Alternanthera (Amaranthaceae).  Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia 129: 1–21.

Medeiros, A. C., Jr., L. L. Loope and R. A. Holt.  1986.  Status of native flowering plant species on the south slope of Haleakala, East Maui, Hawaii.  Coop. Natl. Park Resources Stud. Unit, Hawaii, Techn. Rep. 59: 1–230.

Medieros, A. C., L. L. Loope, and S. McElvaney. 1997. Status, ecology, and management of the invasive plant Miconia calvescens DC. (Melastomataceae) in the Hawaiian Islands. Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 48: 23–36.

Medeiros, A. C. and H. St. John.  1988.  Geranium hanaense (Geraniaceae), a new species from Maui, Hawaiian Islands.  Brittonia 40: 214–220.

Meidell, J. S., H. L. Oppenheimer, and R. T. Bartlett. 1997. New plant records from Pu`u Kukui watershed and adjacent areas, Maui. Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 49: 17–18.

_____. 1998. New plant records from West Maui. Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 56: 6–8.

Meisner, C. F.  1836–1843.  Plantarum vascularium genera secundum ordines naturalis digesta eorumque differentiae et affinitates tabulis diagnosticis expositae.  Libraria Weidmannia, Leipzig.

Melchior, H.  1925.  Violaceae.  Nat. Pflanzenfam. ed. 2, 21: 329–377.

Melderis, A.  1972.  Taxonomic studies on the European species of the genus Centaurium Hill:  in Heywood, V. H. (ed.), Flora Europaea.  Notulae systematicae ad floram Europaeam spectantes, no. 12.  J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 65: 224–250.

Melville, R.  1960.  The pollination mechanism of Isotoma axillaris Lindl. and the generic status of Isotoma Lindl.  Kew Bull. 14: 277–279.

Mensch, J. A. and G. W. Gillett.  1972.  The experimental verification of natural hybridization between two taxa of Hawaiian Bidens (Asteraceae).  Brittonia 24: 57–70.

Menzel, M. Y., P. A. Fryxell, and F. D. Wilson.  1983.  Relationships among New World species of Hibiscus section Furcaria (Malvaceae).  Brittonia 35: 204–221.

Menzies, A.  1907.  An early ascent of Mauna Loa.  Extract from "A. Menzies' M.S. journal, in Vancouver's voyage, 1790–1794." Hawaiian Almanac and Annual for 1908: 99–112.

_____.  1908.  Excursion to the mountains of Maui.  Extract from M.S.–‑"A. Menzies' journal in Vancouver's voyage, 1790–1794." Hawaiian Almanac and Annual for 1909: 92–97.

_____.  1909.  Ascent of Mount Hualalai.  Extract from A. Menzies' journal of Vancouver's voyage, 1790–1794.  Hawaiian Almanac and Annual for 1910: 72–89.

Merrill, E. D.  1934.  An enumeration of plants collected in Sumatra by W. N. and C. M. Bangham.  Contr. Arnold Arbor. 8: 1–178.

Meurisse, M. G.  1898.  Étude du genre Santalum L.  Bull. Mens. Soc. Linn. Paris, sér. 2, 129: 1025–1027.

Meyen, F. J. F.  1834.  Reise um die Erde ausgeführt auf dem Königlich Preussischen Seehandlungs‑Schiffe Prinzess Louise, commandirt von Capitain W. Wendt, in den Jahren 1830, 1831 und 1832.  Part 2.  Sander'schen Buchhandlung, Berlin, 413 pp.

_____.  1843.  Observationes botanicas in itinere circum terram institutas.  Opus posthumum, sociorum Academiae curis suppletum.  [Beiträge zur Botanik gesammelt auf einer Reise um die Erde.  Nach dessen tode von den mitgliedern der Akademie fortgeführt und bearbeitet].  Nov. Actorum Acad. Caes. Leop.‑Carol. Nat. Cur. 19, Suppl. 1: 1–512.

Meyer, C. A.  1831.  Cyperaceae novae.  Zap. Imp. Akad. Nauk Fiz.‑Mat. Otd. 1: 195–230; not seen.

Meyer, E.  1850.  Hortus regiomontanus seminifer.  Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. III. 14: 349–350.

Meyrat, A. K., G. D. Carr, and C. W. Smith.  1983 [1984].  A morphometric analysis and taxonomic appraisal of the Hawaiian silversword Argyroxiphium sandwicense DC. (Asteraceae).  Pacific Sci. 37: 211–225.

Mez, C.  1902.  Myrsinaceae.  Pflanzenr. IV. 236 (Heft 9): 1–437.

Middleton, D. J. 2002. Revision of Alyxia (Apocynaceae). Part 2: Pacific Islands and Australia. Blumea 47: 1-93.

Miers, J.  1867.  On the Menispermaceae.  Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, 19: 19–29.

Mill, S. W., D. P. Gowing, D. R. Herbst, and W. L. Wagner.  1988.  Indexed bibliography on the flowering plants of Hawai`i.  Univ. of Hawaii Press and Bishop Museum Press (Special Publication 82), 214 pp.

Mill, S. W., W. L. Wagner, and D. R. Herbst.  1985.  Bibliography of Otto and Isa Degeners' Hawaiian floras.  Taxon 34: 229–259.

Miller, C. D., K. Bazore, and M. Bartow.  1965.  Fruits of Hawaii.  Description, nutritive value, and use.  4th ed.  Univ. Press Hawaii, Honolulu, 229 pp.

Miller, S. E. and G. W. Staples. 2003. Begonia fusca (Begoniaceae), a new naturalized species for Hawai`i. Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 74: 22–23.

Miquel, F. A. W.  1843a.  Systema piperacearum.  Fascs. I-II.  H. A. Kramers, Rotterdam, 575 pp.

_____.  1843b.  Piperaceae:  in Meyen, F. J. F., Observationes botanicas in itinere circum terram institutas.  Nov. Actorum Acad. Caes. Leop.‑Carol. Nat. Cur. 19, Suppl. 1: 483–495.

_____.  1845.  Animadversiones in Piperaceas Herbarii Hookeriani.  London J. Bot. 4: 410–470.

Mizushima, M.  1957.  A revision of Drymaria cordata Willd.  (Critical studies on Japanese plants 3).  J. Jap. Bot. 32: 69–81.

Moberly, R.  1967.  Rate of denudation in Hawaii.  J. Geol. 71: 371–375.

Moeliono, B. and P. Tuyn.  1960.  Campanulaceae.  Fl. Males. I. 6: 107–141.

Moldenke, H. N.  1948.  The known geographic distribution of the members of the Verbenaceae, Avicenniaceae, Stilbaceae, and Symphoremaceae.  Supplement 8.  Castanea 13: 110–121.

_____.  1958a.  Materials toward a monograph of the genus Citharexylum.  II.  Phytologia 6: 262–320.

_____.  1958b.  Materials toward a monograph of the genus Vitex.  X.  Phytologia 6: 129–192.

_____.  1958c.  Materials toward a monograph of the genus Vitex.  XI.  Phytologia 6: 197–231.

_____.  1962a.  Materials toward a monograph of the genus Verbena.  IV.  Phytologia 8: 230–272.

_____.  1962b.  Materials toward a monograph of the genus Verbena.  VII.  Phytologia 8: 395–453.

_____.  1962c.  Materials toward a monograph of the genus Verbena.  V.  Phytologia 8: 274–323.

_____.  1968.  Additional notes on the genus Verbena.  VI.  Phytologia 16: 87–106.

_____.  1971.  A fifth summary of the Verbenaceae, Avicenniaceae, Stilbaceae, Dicrastylidaceae, Symphoremaceae, Nyctanthaceae, and Eriocaulaceae of the world as to valid taxa, geographic distribution, and synonymy.  Vols. 1–2.  Publ. privately, 974 pp.

_____.  1974.  A fifth summary of the Verbenaceae, Avicenniaceae, Stilbaceae, Dicrastylidaceae, Symphoremaceae, Nyctanthaceae, and Eriocaulaceae of the world as to valid taxa, geographic distribution, and synonymy.  Supplement 4.  Phytologia 28: 425–466.

Moldenke, H. N. and A. L. Moldenke.  1983.  Verbenaceae:  in Dassanayake, M. D., and F. R. Fosberg (eds.), A revised handbook to the flora of Ceylon.  Vol. IV.  Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C., pp. 196–487.

Molvray, M. 1997. A synopsis of Korthalsella (Viscaceae). Novon 7: 268–273.

Molvray, M., P. J. Kores, and M. W. Chase. 1999. Phylogenetic relationships within Korthalsella (Viscaceae) based on nuclear ITS and plastid trnL-F sequence data. Am. J. Bot. 86:249-260.

Monachino, J. 1949. A revision of the Genus Alstonia (Apocynaceae). Pacific Science 3(2): 133-182.

Montgomery, S. L.  1975.  Comparative breeding site ecology and the adaptive radiation of picture-winged Drosophila (Diptera:  Drosophilidae) in Hawaii.  Proc. Hawaiian Entomol. Soc. 22: 65–103.

Moore, H. E., Jr.  1963.  An annotated checklist of cultivated palms.  Principes 7: 119–182.

Moore, J. G.  1964.  Giant submarine landslides on the Hawaiian Ridge.  U.S. Geol. Surv. Prof. Pap. 501‑D: 95–98.

_____.  1987.  Subsidence of the Hawaiian Ridge:  in Decker, R. W., T. L. Wright, and P. H. Stauffer (eds.), Volcanism in Hawaii.  U.S. Geol. Surv. Prof. Pap. 1350: 85–100.

Moore, J. G. and J. F. Campbell.  1987.  Age of tilted reefs, Hawaii.  J. Geophys. Res. 92: 2641–2646.

Moore, J. G. and D. J. Fornari.  1984.  Drowned reefs as indicators of the rate of subsidence of the island of Hawaii.  J. Geol. 92: 752–759.

Moore, J. G. and G. W. Moore.  1984.  Deposit from a giant wave on the island of Lana`i, Hawaii.  Science 226: 1312–1315.

Moore, L. B. and E. Edgar. 1970. Dianella. In Flora of New Zealand 2: 40-42. Wellington: A. R. Shearer.

Moore, R. J. (ed.).  1973.  Index to plant chromosome numbers:  1967–1971.  Regnum Veg. 90: 1–539.

_____.  1974.  Index to plant chromosome numbers for 1972.  Regnum Veg. 91: 1–108.

_____.  1977.  Index to plant chromosome numbers for 1973/1974.  Regnum Veg. 96: 1–257.

Moquin‑Tandon, C. H. B. A.  1840.  Chenopodearum monographica enumeratio.  P.‑J. Loss, Paris, 182 pp.

_____.  1849a.  Amaranthaceae.  Prodr. 13: 231–424, 462–463.

_____.  1849b.  Phytolacceae.  Prodr. 13: 1–40, 459–460.

Mort, M. E., D. E. Soltis, P. S. Soltis, J. Francisco-Ortega, and A. Santos Guerra. 2001. Phylogenetic relationships and evolution of Crassulaceae inferred from matK sequence data. Amer. J. Bot. 88: 76–91. 2001.

Morton, J. 1987. Brazilian Guava. p. 365–367. In: Fruits of warm climates. Julia F. Morton, Miami, FL.

Morton, J. K.  1962.  Cytotaxonomic studies on the West African Labiatae.  J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 58(372): 231–283.

Mosyakin, S. L. and W. L. Wagner. 1998. Notes on two alien taxa of Rumex L. (Polygonaceae) naturalized in the Hawaiian Islands. Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 55: 9–44.

Motley, T. 1995. Rediscovery of Labordia triflora (Loganiaceae). Pacific Sci. 49: 221–226.

_____. 2005. Tetraplasandra lydgatei (Araliaceae): Taxonomic Recognition of a Rare, Endemic Species from O`ahu, Hawaiian Islands. Pacific Sci. 59: 105--110.

Motley, T. J. and G. D. Carr. 1998. Artificial hybridization in the endemic Hawaiian genus Labordia (Loganiaceae). Am. J. Bot. 85:654-660.

Motley, T. J., L. Struwe, and V. A. Albert. 1998. Molecular systematics of Hawaiian Hedyotis (Rubiaceae). Am. J. Bot. 85 (SUPPL.):146.

Mueller, F. J. H. von.  1867.  Epacrideae.  Fragm. Phytogr. Australiae 6: 29–76.

Mueller-Dombois, D.  1966.  The vegetation map and vegetation profiles:  in Doty, M. S., and D. Mueller‑Dombois, Atlas for bioecology studies in Hawaii Volcanoes National Park.  Univ. Hawaii, Hawaii Bot. Sci. Pap. 2: 391–441.

_____.  1981.  Vegetation dynamics in a coastal grassland of Hawaii.  Vegetatio 46: 131–140.

_____.  1986.  Perspectives for an etiology of stand‑level dieback.  Ann. Rev. Ecol. Syst. 17: 221–243.

Mueller-Dombois, D., K. W. Bridges, and H. L. Carson (eds.).  1981.  Island ecosystems.  Biological organization in selected Hawaiian communities.  US/IBP Synthesis Series 15.  Hutchinson Ross Publ. Co., Woods Hole, Mass., 583 pp.

Mueller-Dombois, D. and F. R. Fosberg. 1998. Vegetation of the tropical Pacific islands. Ecological Studies 132. Springer-Verlag, New York.

Mueller-Dombois, D. and W. C. Gagné.  1975.  Hawaiian Islands: identification of principal natural terrestrial ecosystems (Abstr.).  Proc. 13th Pacific Sci. Congr., Canada 1: 107–108.

Müller Argoviensis, J.  1863.  Euphorbiaceae.  Vorläufige Mittheilungen aus dem für De Candolle's Prodromus bestimmten Manuscript über diese Familie.  Linnaea 32: 1–126.

_____.  1865.  Euphorbiaceae.  Verläufige Mittheilungen aus dem für De Candolle's Prodromus bestimmten Manuscript über diese Familie.  Linnaea 34: 1–224.

_____.  1866.  Euphorbiaceae.  Prodr. 15(2): 189–1286.

Mummenhoff, K., A. Polster, A. Mühlhausen, and G. Theiben. 2009. Lepidium as a model system for studying the evolution of fruit development in Brassicaceae. J. Exp. Bot. 60: 1503-1513.

Munir, A. A. 1984. A taxonomic revision of the genus Premna L. (Verbenaceae) in Australia. J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 7: 1-43.

_____. 1992. A taxonomic revision of the genus Stachytarpheta (Verbenaceae) in Australia. J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 14: 133–168.

Munz, P. A.  1965.  Onagraceae.  N. Amer. Fl. II. 5: 1–231.

Murdoch, A. G. 2008a. Phylogeny of marattioid ferns (Marattiaceae): inferring a root in the absence of a closely related outgroup. Amer. J. Bot. 95: 626–641.

_____. 2008b. A taxonomic revision of the eusporangiate fern family Marattiaceae, with description of a new genus Ptisana. Taxon 57: 737-755.

Myint, T. and D. B. Ward.  1968.  A taxonomic revision of the genus Bonamia (Convolvulaceae).  Phytologia 17: 121–239.

Top 

Nadeaud, J.  1873.  Énumération des plantes indigènes de l'île de Tahiti.  F. Savy, Libraire de la Société Botanique de France, Paris, 86 pp.

Nagata, K. M.  1987.  Observations on some adventive species in the Hawaiian flora.  Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 27: 126–131.

_____.  1988.  Notes on some introduced flora in Hawaii.  Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 28: 79–84.

_____. 1995. New Hawaiian plant records. IV. Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 42: 10–13.

Nagata, K. M. and S. M. Gon, III.  1987.  Sanicula mariversa (Apiaceae), a new species from `Ohikilolo Ridge, Wai`anae Mountains, O`ahu in the Hawaiian Archipelago.  Syst. Bot. 12: 406–409.

Nakasone, H. Y., R. Hirano, and P. Ito.  1967.  Preliminary observations on the inheritance of several factors in the passion fruit (Passiflora edulis L. and forma flavicarpa).  Hawaii Agric. Exp. Sta. Techn. Progr. Rep. 161: 1–11.

Namoff S, Q. Luke, F. Jimenez, A. Veloz, C.E. Lewis, V. Sosa, M. Maunder, and J. Francisco-Ortega. 2010. Phylogenetic analyses of nucleotide sequences confirm a unique plant intercontinental disjunction between tropical Africa, the Caribbean, and the Hawaiian Islands. Journal of Plant Research 123: 57–65.

Neal, M. C.  1965.  In gardens of Hawaii.  2nd ed.  Special Publ. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 50: 1–924.

Neal, M. C. and B. Metzger.  1928.  In Honolulu gardens.  Special Publ. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 13: 1–327.

Nees von Esenbeck, C. G. D.  1832.  Genera et species Asterearum.  I. D. Grüson, Breslau, 309 pp.  (Rep., 1833, Leonardi Schrag, Nuremberg.)

_____.  1843.  Cyperaceae:  in Meyen, F. J. F., Observationes botanicas in itinere circum institutas...  Nov. Actorum Acad. Caes. Leop.‑Carol. Nat. Cur. 19, Suppl. 1: 53–124b.

Nelmes, E. A.  1946.  Key to carices of Malaysia and Polynesia.  Kew Bull. 1946: 5–29.

Nelson, R. E.  1967.  Records and maps of forest types in Hawaii.  U.S.D.A. Forest Serv. Resource Bull. PSW‑8: 1–22.

Nelson, R. E. and P. R. Wheeler.  1963.  Forest resources of Hawaii-1961.  Pacific Southw. Forest Range Exp. Sta., Honolulu, 48 pp.

Nepokroeff, M., K. J. Sytsma, W. L. Wagner, and E. A. Zimmer. 2003. Reconstructing ancestral patterns of colonization and dispersal in the Hawaiian understory tree genus Psychotria (Rubiaceae): A comparison of parsimony and likelihood approaches. Syst. Biol. 52:820–838.

Nepokroeff, M., W. L. Wagner, P. S. Soltis, S. G. Weller, D. E. Soltis, A. K. Sakai, and E. A. Zimmer. 2005. Phylogeny. In Wagner, W.L., S. G. Weller and A. K. Sakai. Monograph of Schiedea (Caryophyllaceae subfam. Alsinoideae). Syst. Bot. Monogr. 72: 13–20, plate 2.

Nesom, G. L. 1994. Review of the taxonomy of Aster sensu lato (Asteraceae: Astereae), emphasizing the New World species. Phytologia. 77: 141-297.

_____. 2000. Generic Conspectus of the Tribe Astereae (Asteraceae) in North American, Central America, the Antilles, and Hawaii. Sida, Botanical Miscellany, No. 20, Botanical Research Institute of Texas, Fort Worth, Texas.

_____. 2001. Taxonomic notes on Keysseria and Pytinicarpa (Asteraceae: Astereae, Lageniferinae). Sida 19: 513-518.

_____. 2005. Taxonomy of the Symphyotrichum (Aster) subulatum group and Symphyotrichum (Aster) tenuifolium (Asteraceae: Stereae). Sida 21: 2125–2140.

Newell, T. K.  1969.  A study of the genus Joinvillea (Flagellariaceae).  J. Arnold Arbor. 50: 527–555.

Newell, T. K. and B. C. Stone.  1967.  Flagellaria (Chortodes) plicata Hooker fil. is a Joinvillea.  Taxon 16: 18–20.

New South Wales flora online, accessed 4/28/2009 http://plantnet.rbgsyd.nsw.gov.au/cgi-bin/NSWfl.pl?page=nswfl&lvl=fm&name=Asteliaceae

Nicharat, S. and G. W. Gillett.  1970.  A review of the taxonomy of Hawaiian Pipturus (Urticaceae) by anatomical and cytological evidence.  Brittonia 22: 191–206.

Nicolson, D. H.  1977.  Typification of names vs. typification of taxa:  proposals on article 48 and reconsideration of Mitracarpus hirtus vs. M. villosus (Rubiaceae).  Taxon 26: 569–574.

_____.  1980 [1981].  Summary of cytological information on Emilia and the taxonomy of four Pacific taxa of Emilia (Asteraceae:  Senecioneae).  Syst. Bot. 5: 391–407.

_____. 1996. Proposal to conserve the name Lagenophora (Compositae) with a conserved spelling. Taxon 45: 341-342.

Nicolson, D. H. and F. R. Fosberg. 2004. The Forsters and the botany of the second Cook Expedition (1772–1775). Regnum Veg. 139: 1–759.

Nicolson, D. H. and C. R. Suresh.  1986.  Proposal to conserve 8352a Canthium Lam. (Rubiaceae).  Taxon 35: 607.

Niedenzu, F. J.  1893.  Myrtaceae.  Nat. Pflanzenfam. III. 7: 57–105.

Nielsen, I.  1981.  Mimosoideae.  Tribe 5.  Ingeae Benth. (1865):  in Polhill, R. M., and P. H. Raven (eds.), Advances in legume systematics.  Part 1.  Proc. Int. Legume Conf., Kew 2: 173–190.

Nielsen, I., P. Guinet, and T. Baretta‑Kuipers.  1983a.  Studies in the Malesian, Australian and Pacific Ingeae (Leguminosae-Mimosoideae):  the genera Archidendropsis, Wallaceodendron, Paraserianthes, Pararchidendron and Serianthes (part I).  Bull. Mus. Natl. Hist. Nat., sér. 4, t. 5, sect. B, Adansonia 3: 303–329.

_____.  1983b.  Studies in the Malesian, Australian and Pacific Ingeae (Leguminosae-Mimosoideae):  the genera Archidendropsis, Wallaceodendron, Paraserianthes, Pararchidendron and Serianthes (part 2).  Bull. Mus. Natl. Hist. Nat., sér. 4, t. 5, sect. B, Adansonia 4: 335–360.

Niimoto, D. H.  1966.  Chromosome numbers of some Hibiscus species and other Malvaceae.  Baileya 14: 29–34.

Nooteboom, H. P. and M. Kato. Selaginellaceae. Flora of China. http://flora.huh.harvard.edu/china. Accessed 24 Mar 2014.

Nowicke, J. W.  1968 [1969].  Palynotaxonomic study of the Phytolaccaceae.  Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 55: 294–363.

Nuttall, T.  1841.  Descriptions of new species and genera of plants in the natural order of the Compositae, collected in a tour across the continent to the Pacific, a residence in Oregon, and a visit to the Sandwich Islands and Upper California, during the years 1834 and 1835.  Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. n.s. 7: 283–453.

_____.  1843.  Description and notices of new or rare plants in the natural orders Lobeliaceae, Campanulaceae, Vaccinieae, Ericaceae, collected in a journey over the continent of North America, and during a visit to the Sandwich Islands, and Upper California.  Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. n.s. 8: 251–272.

Top 

Obata, J. K.  1985.  Another noxious melastome?  Oxyspora paniculata.  Newslett. Hawaiian Bot. Soc. 24: 25–26.

Oliver, D.  1866.  On Hillebrandia, a new genus of Begoniaceae.  Trans. Linn. Soc. London 25: 361–363.

Oliver, W. R. B.  1935.  The genus Coprosma.  Bernice P. Bishop Mus. Bull. 132: 1–207.

_____.  1942.  New species of Coprosma from New Guinea and the Hawaiian Islands.  Rec. Domin. Mus. 1: 44–47.

Oppenheimer, H. L. 2002. The Spread of Gymnosperms on Maui: A Neglected Element of the Modern Hawaiian Flora. Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 68: 19-23.

_____. 2003. New plant records from Maui and Hawai`i counties. Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 73: 3–30.

_____. 2004. New Hawaiian plant records for 2003. Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 79: 8-20.

_____. 2006. New Hawaiian plant records for 2004. Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 88: 10-14.

_____. 2007. New plant records from Moloka`i, Lana`i, Maui, and Hawai`i for 2006. Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 96: 17-34.

_____. 2008. New Hawaiian plant records for 2007. Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 100: 22-38.

_____. 2010. New Hawaiian plant records for Maui County for 2008. Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 107: 33-40.

_____. 2011. New Hawaiian plant records for 2009. Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 110: 5-10.

Oppenheimer, H. L. and R. T. Bartlett. 2000. New plant records from Maui, O`ahu, and Hawai`i Islands. Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 64: 1–10.

_____. 2002. Records of the Hawaii Biological Survey for 2000, Part 2: Notes. Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 69: 1–14.

Oppenheimer, H. L., J. S. Meidell, and R. T. Bartlett. 1999.   New plant records for Maui and Moloka`i. Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 59: 7–11.

Orchard, A. E.  1975.  Taxonomic revisions in the family Haloragaceae I.  The genera Haloragis, Haloragodendron, Glischrocaryon, Meziella and Gonocarpus.  Bull. Auckland Inst. Mus. 10: 1–299.

Ornduff, R. (ed.).  1968.  Index to plant chromosome numbers for 1966.  Regnum Veg. 55: 1–126.

Oudejans, R. C.H.M. 1989. New names and new combinations in the genus Euphorbia L. (Euphorbiaceae). Phytologia 67: 43-49.

Ownbey, G. B.  1961.  The genus Argemone in South America and Hawaii.  Brittonia 13: 91–109.

Top 

Palmer, D. D. 2003. Hawai`i's Ferns and Fern Allies. University of Hawaii Press, Honolulu, 324 pp.

Palmer, D.D. 2005. Pneumatopteris pendens (Thelypteridaceae), a New Hawaii Endemic Species of Pneumatopteris from Hawaii. Amer. Fern J. 95: 80–83.

Parker, J. L. and B. Parsons. 2010. New plant records from the Big Island for 2008. Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 107: 41-43.

Parker, J. L. and B. Parsons. 2012. New plant records from the Big Island for 2009. Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 113: 55-63.

Parker, J. L. and B. Parsons. 2012. New plant records from the Big Island for 2010-2011. Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 113: 65-74.

Parlatore, F.  1866.  Le specie dei cotoni.  Stamperia Reale, Florence, 64 pp.

Parris, B. S. 2007. Five new genera and three new species of Grammitidaceae (Filicales) and the reestablishment of Oreogrammitis. Gard. Bull. Singapore. 58:233–274.

Paton A. J., D. Springate, S. Suddee, D. Otieno, R. J. Grayer, M. M. Harley, F. Willis, M. S. J. Simmonds, M. P. Powell, and V. Savolainen. 2004. Phylogeny and Evolution of Basils and Allies (Ocimeae, Labiatae) based on three Plastid DNA Regions. Mol. Phylo. Evol. 31: 277-299.

Patterson, R.  1984.  Flavonoid uniformity in diploid species of Hawaiian Scaevola (Goodeniaceae).  Syst. Bot. 9: 263–265.

Pax, D. L., R. A. Price, and H. J. Michaels. 1997. Phylogenetic position of the Hawaiian geraniums based on rbcL sequences. Am. J. Bot. 84:72-78.

Pax, F.  1893.  Über die Verbreitung südamerikanischen Caryophyllaceae und die Arten der Republica Argentina.  Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 18: 1–35.

Pax, F. and K. Hoffmann.  1914.  Euphorbiaceae-Acalypheae-Mercurialinae.  Pflanzenr. IV. 147 (Heft 63): 1–473.

_____.  1934.  Caryophyllaceae.  Nat. Pflanzenfam. ed. 2, 16c: 275–364.

Pax, F. and R. Knuth.  1905.  Primulaceae.  Pflanzenr. IV. 237 (Heft 22): 1–386.

Pearcy, R. W. and J. Troughton.  1975.  C4 photosynthesis in tree form Euphorbia species from Hawaiian rainforest sites.  Pl. Physiol. (Lancaster) 55: 1054–1056.

Pedley, L.  1975.  Revision of the extra‑Australian species of Acacia subg. Heterophyllum.  Contr. Queensland Herb. 18: 1–24.

_____.  1986.  Derivation and dispersal of Acacia (Leguminosae), with particular reference to Australia, and the recognition of Senegalia and Racosperma.  J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 92: 219–254.

Pennington, T. D.  1981.  A monograph of neotropical Meliaceae.  Fl. Neotropica Monogr. 28: 1–470.

Pennington, T. D.  1997. The genus Inga: Botany. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew., 844 pages.

Pennington, T. D. and B. T. Styles.  1975.  A generic monograph of the Meliaceae.  Blumea 22: 419–540.

Peterson, P. M. and E. J. Judziewicz. 1990. A new combination and new name in Leptochloa (Poaceae) from the Marquesas Islands. Taxon 39: 659-660.

Peterson, P. M., K. Romaschenko, N. Snow, and G. Johnson. In press. A molecular phylogeny and classification of Leptochloa (Poaceae: Chloridoideae: Chlorideae) sensu lato and related genera. Ann. Bot. London.

Peterson, P. M., R. J. Soreng, G. Davidse, T. S. Filgueiras, F. O. Zuloaga, and E. J. Judziewicz. 2001. Catalogue of New World Grasses (Poaceae): II. Subfamily Chloridoideae. Contr. U.S. Natl. Herb. 41: 1-255.

Pfeifer, H. W.  1966.  Revision of the North and Central American hexandrous species of Aristolochia (Aristolochiaceae).  Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 53: 115–196.

Pfeiffer, L. K. G.  1874.  Nomenclator botanicus.  Nominum ad finem anni 1858 publici juris factorum, classes, ordines, tribus, familias, divisiones, genera, subgenera vel sectiones designantium enumeratio alphabetica.  Adjectis auctoribus, temporibus, locis systematicis apud varios, notis literaris atque etymologicis et synonymis.  Vol. 2(2).  Theodori Fischeri, Cassellis, pp. 761–1698; not seen.

Pfeil, B. E., C. L. Brubaker, L. A. Craven, and M. D. Crisp. 2002. Phylogeny of Hibiscus and the tribe Hibisceae (Malvaceae) using chloroplast DNA sequences of ndhF and the rpl16 intron. Syst. Bot. 27: 333–350.

Philcox, D.  1965.  Contributions to the flora of tropical America:  LXXIV.  Revision of the New World species of Buchnera L. (Scrophulariaceae).  Kew Bull. 18: 275–315.

Philipson, W. R.  1970.  A redefinition of Gastonia and related genera (Araliaceae).  Blumea 18: 497–505.

Pichon, M.  1947.  Classification des Apocynacées.  VII.  Genre Aspidosperma.  Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. (Paris) n.s. 19: 362–369.

Pierre, J. B. L.  1890.  Notes botaniques.  Sapotacées.  Fasc. 1.  Librairie des sciences Paul Klincksieck, Paris, 36 pp.; not seen.

Piesschaert, F. 2001. Carpology and pollen morphology of the Psychotrieae (Rubiaceae-Rubioideae), towards a new tribal and generic delimitation. Ph. D. Dissertation, Katholieke Universiteit Leuven, Belgium, 495 pp.

Pike, K. M.  1956.  Pollen morphology of Myrtaceae from the South‑west Pacific area.  Austral. J. Bot. 4: 13–53.

Pilger, R.  1922.  Über die Formen von Plantago major L.  Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 18: 257–283.

_____.  1923.  Beiträge zur Kenntnis der Gattung Plantago.  III.  Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 19: 114–119.

_____.  1936.  Drei neue Arten von Plantago aus der Verwandtschaft von P. pachyphylla Gray.  Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 40: 237–239.

_____.  1937.  Plantaginaceae.  Pflanzenr. IV. 269 (Heft 102): 1–466.

PIER (Pacific Island Ecocystems at Risk) website: http://www.hear.org/pier/species/flemingia_strobilifera.htm, accessed 9/16/2010.

Piper, C. V. and S. T. Dunn.  1922.  A revision of Canavalia.  Bull. Misc. Inform. 4: 129–145.

Plucknett, D. L. and B. C. Stone.  1961.  The principal weedy Melastomaceae in Hawaii.  Pacific Sci. 15: 301–303.

Plunkett, G. M. and P. P. Lowry II. 2001. Relationships among “ancient araliads” and their significance for the systematics of apiales. Mol. Phylo. Evol. 19:259-276.

_____. 2010. Paraphyly and polyphyly in Polyscias sensu lato: molecular evidence and the case for recircumscribing the “pinnate genera” of Araliaceae. Plant. Div. Evol. 128: 23-54.

Poellnitz, K. von.  1934.  Versuch einer Monographie der Gattung PortulacaL.  Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 37: 240–320.

_____.  1936.  New Species of Portulaca from Southeastern Polynesia.  Occas. Pap. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 12(9): 1–6.

Polhill, R. M.  1981.  Papilionoideae.  Tribe 2.  Sophoreae Sprengel (1818):  in Polhill, R. M., and P. H. Raven (eds.), Advances in legume systematics.  Part 1.  Proc. Int. Legume Conf., Kew 2: 213–230.

_____.  1982.  Crotalaria on Africa and Madagascar.  A. A. Balkema, Salem, N.H., 389 pp.

Polhill, R. M. and W. T. Stearn.  1976.  Linnaeus's notes on Plumier drawings with special reference to Mimosa latisiliqua.  Taxon 25: 323–325.

Pope, W. T.  1922.  Possibilities of the mango in Hawaii.  Hawaiian Almanac and Annual for 1923: 53–64.

_____.  1929.  Manual of wayside plants of Hawaii.  Advertiser Publ. Co., Honolulu, 289 pp.

_____.  1935.  The edible passion fruit in Hawaii.  Hawaii Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 74: 1–22.

Porter, S. C.  1979.  Hawaiian glacial ages.  Quaternary Res. 12: 161–187.

Potztal, E.  1953.  Ein neues Panicum aus Hawaii.  Mitt. Bot. Gart. Berlin‑Dahlem 1: 128–130.

Powell, A. M.  1965.  Taxonomy of Tridax (Compositae).  Brittonia 17: 47–96.

_____.  1978.  Systematics of Flaveria (Flaveriinae-Asteraceae).  Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 65: 590–636.

Powell, E. A. and K. A. Kron. 2002. Hawaiian Blueberries and Their Relatives-A Phylogenetic analysis of Vaccinium sections Macropelma, Myrtillus, and Hemimyrtillus (Ericaceae). Syst. Bot. 27:768-779.

Prain, D.  1895.  An account of the genus Argemone.  J. Bot. 33: 129–135, 176–178, 207–209, 307–312, 325–333, 363–371.

Presl, K. B.  1836.  Prodromus monographiae Lobeliacearum.  Abh. Böhm. Ges. Wiss. n.s. 4(9): 1–52.

Price, J. P. 2004. Floristic Biogeography of the Hawaiian Islands: influences of area, environment and paleogeography. J. Biogeog. 31:487-500.

Price, J. P. and D. A. Clague. 2002. How old is the Hawaiian biota?: geology and phylogeny suggest recent divergence. Proc. R. Soc. of Lond. B 269:2429-2435.

Price, J. P. and W. L. Wagner. 2004. Speciation in Hawaiian angiosperm lineages: Cause, consequence, and mode. Evolution 58: 2185–2200.

Price, S.  1983.  Climate:  in Armstrong, R. W. (ed.), Atlas of Hawaii.  2nd ed.  Univ. Hawaii Press, Honolulu, pp. 59–66.

Prince, L. M. and C. R. Parks. 2001. Phylogenetic relationships of Theaceae inferred from chloroplast DNA sequence data. Amer. J. of Bot. 88: 2309–2320.

Pukui, M. K. and S. H. Elbert.  1971.  Hawaiian dictionary.  Univ. Press of Hawaii, Honolulu, 590 pp.

_____.  1986.  Hawaiian dictionary.  Rev. and enl. ed.  Univ. Hawaii Press, Honolulu, 572 pp.

Pukui, M. K., S. H. Elbert and E. T. Mookini.  1974.  Place names of Hawaii.  2nd ed.  Univ. Hawaii Press, Honolulu, 289 pp.

 

Top 

Rabakonandrianina, E.  1980 [1981].  Infrageneric relationships and the origin of the Hawaiian endemic genus Lipochaeta (Compositae).  Pacific Sci. 34: 29–39.

Rabakonandrianina, E. and G. D. Carr.  1981.  Intergeneric hybridization, induced polyploidy, and the origin of the Hawaiian endemic Lipochaeta from Wedelia (Compositae).  Amer. J. Bot. 68: 206–215.

Radcliffe-Smith, A. 2013. Flora of Pakistan, Euphorbiaceae. http://www.tropicos.org/Project/Pakistan. Accessed 10 May 2013.

Radlkofer, L.  1878.  Ueber Sapindus und damit in Zusammenhang stehende Pflanzen.  Sitzungsber. Math.‑Phys. Cl. Königl. Bayer. Akad. Wiss. München 8: 221–408.

_____.  1890.  Ueber die Gliederung der Familie der Sapindaceen.  Sitzungsber. Math.‑Phys. Cl. Königl. Bayer. Akad. Wiss. München 20: 105–379.

_____.  1931–1934.  Sapindaceae.  Tribus I-XIV.  Pflanzenr. IV. 165 (Heft 98a-98h): 1–1539.

Radlkofer, L. and J. F. Rock.  1911.  New and noteworthy Hawaiian plants.  Hawaii, Board Agric. Forest. Bot. Bull. 1: 1–15.

Ralph, C. J., A. P. Pearson, and D. C. Phillips.  1980 [1981].  Observations on the life history of the endangered Hawaiian vetch (Vicia menziesii) (Fabaceae) and its use by birds.  Pacific Sci. 34: 83–92.

Randeria, A. J.  1960.  The composite genus Blumea, a taxonomic revision.  Blumea 10: 176–317.

Ranker, T.A. 2008. A new combination in Adenophorus (Polypodiaceae). Amer. Fern J. 98: 170–171.

Ranker, T. A., J. M. O. Geiger, S. C. Kennedy, A. R. Smith, C. H. Haufler, and B. S. Parris. 2003. Molecular phylogenetics and evolution of the endemic Hawaiian genus Adenophorus (Grammitidaceae). Mol. Phylo. Evol. 26: 337–447.

Ranker, T. A., A. R. Smith, B. S. Parris, J. M. O. Geiger, C. H. Haufler, S. C. K. Straub, and H. Schneider. 2004. Phylogeny and evolution of grammitid ferns (Grammitidaceae): a case of rampant morphological homoplasy. Taxon 53: 415-428.

Rao, A. S.  1956.  A revision of Rauvolfia with particular reference to the American species.  Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 43: 253–354.

Ratter, J. A.  1975.  A survey of chromosome numbers in the Gesneriaceae of the Old World.  Notes Roy. Bot. Gard. Edinburgh 33: 527–543.

Rauh, W.  1981.  Brighamia insignis.  A curious succulent of the lobelia family from the Hawaiian Islands.  Cact. Succ. J. (Los Angeles) 53: 219–220.

Raven, P. H.  1963.  The Old World species of Ludwigia (including Jussiaea), with a synopsis of the genus (Onagraceae).  Reinwardtia 6: 327–427.

_____.  1967.  The genus Epilobium in Malesia (Onagraceae).  Blumea 15: 269–282.

_____.  1975.  The bases of angiosperm phylogeny:  cytology.  Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 62: 724–764.

Raven, P. H. and T. E. Raven.  1976.  The genus Epilobium (Onagraceae) in Australasia:  a systematic and evolutionary study.  New Zealand Dept. Sci. Industr. Res. Bull. 216: 1–321.

Raven, P. H. and W. Tai.  1979.  Observations of chromosomes in Ludwigia (Onagraceae).  Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 66: 862–879.

Razafimandimbison S. G., and B. Bremer. 2011. Nomenclatural changes and taxonomic notes in the tribe Morindeae (Rubiaceae). Adansonia, 33: 283-309.

Razafimandimbison, S. G., T. D. McDowell, D. A. Halford, and B. Bremer. 2009. Molecular phylogenetics and generic assessment in the tribe Morindeae (Rubiaceae–Rubioideae): how to circumscribe Morinda L. to be monophyletic? Mol. Phylo. Evol. 52: 879–886.

Rea, D. K. and R. A. Duncan.  1986.  North Pacific plate convergence:  a quantitative record of the past 140 m. y.  Geology 14: 373–376.

Read, R. W.  1988.  A new Pritchardia from Kaua`i, Hawaii.  Principes 32: 135–139.

Reichardt, H. W.  1878.  Beitrag zur Phanerogamenflora der hawaiischen Inseln.  Sitzungsber. Kaiserl. Akad. Wiss., Math.‑Naturwiss. Cl., Abt. 1, 76: 721–734.

Renvoize, S. A.  1984.  The grasses of Bahia.  Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, 301 pp.

Resslar, P. 2010. Caladium bicolor naturalized on the island of Hawai`i. Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 107: 44-45.

Richmond, T. de A. and D. Mueller‑Dombois.  1972.  Coastline ecosystems on O`ahu, Hawaii.  Vegetatio 25: 367–400.

Ripperton, J. C. and E. Y. Hosaka.  1942.  Vegetation zones of Hawaii.  Hawaii Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 89: 1–60.

Ritland, K. and F. R. Ganders.  1985.  Variation in the mating system of Bidens menziesii (Asteraceae) in relation to population substructure.  Heredity 55: 235–244.

Robertson, K. R.  1971.  A revision of the genus Jacquemontia (Convolvulaceae) in North and Central America and the West Indies.  Ph.D. dissertation, Washington Univ., St. Louis, 296 pp.

_____.  1974.  Jacquemontia ovalifolia (Convolvulaceae) in Africa, North America, and the Hawaiian Islands.  Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 61: 502–513.

Roberty, G.  1942.  Gossypiorum revisionis tentamen.  Candollea 9: 19–103.

Robichaux, R. H.  1984.  Variation in the tissue water relations of two sympatric Hawaiian Dubautia species and their natural hybrid.  Oecologia 65: 75–81.

_____.  1985.  Tissue elastic properties of a mesic forest Hawaiian Dubautia species with 13 pairs of chromosomes.  Pacific Sci. 39: 191–194.

Robichaux, R. H. and J. E. Canfield.  1985.  Tissue elastic properties of eight Hawaiian Dubautia species that differ in habitat and diploid chromosome number.  Oecologia 66: 77–80.

Robichaux, R. H. and R. W. Pearcy.  1980a.  Environmental characteristics, field water relations, and photosynthetic responses of C4 Hawaiian Euphorbia species from contrasting habitats.  Oecologia 47: 99–105.

_____.  1980b.  Photosynthetic responses of C3 and C4 species from cool shaded habitats in Hawaii.  Oecologia 47: 106–109.

_____.  1984.  Evolution of C3 and C4 plants along an environmental moisture gradient:  patterns of photosynthetic differentiation in Hawaiian Scaevola and Euphorbia species.  Amer. J. Bot. 71: 121–129.

Robinson, H. 1981. A revision of the tribal and subtribal limits of the Heliantheae (Asteraceae). Smith. Contrib. Bot. 51: 1–102.

Robson, N. K. B.  1972.  Notes on Malesian species of Hypericum (Guttiferae).  Florae Malesianae Praecursores LII.  Blumea 20: 251–274.

_____. 1990. Studies in the genus Hypericum L. (Guttiferae) 8. Sections 29. Brathys (part 2) and 30. Trigynobrathys. Bull. Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.) Bot. 20: 1–151.

Robyns, W. and S. H. Lamb.  1939.  Preliminary ecological survey of the island of Hawaii.  Bull. Jard. Bot. État 15: 241–293.

Rock, J. F.  1909.  A new Hawaiian Scaevola.  Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 36: 645–646.

_____.  1910.  Some new Hawaiian plants.  Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 37: 297–304.

_____.  1911.  Notes upon Hawaiian plants with descriptions of new species and varieties.  Coll. Hawaii Publ. Bull. 1: 1–20.

_____.  1913a.  The indigenous trees of the Hawaiian Islands.  Publ. privately, Honolulu, 512 pp.  (Rep., with introduction by S. Carlquist and addendum by D. R. Herbst, 1974, Charles E. Tuttle Co., Rutland, Vt., 548 pp.)

_____.  1913b.  Descriptions of new species of Hawaiian plants.  Coll. Hawaii Publ. Bull. 2: 39–47.

_____.  1913c.  List of Hawaiian names of plants.  Hawaii, Board Agric. Forest. Bot. Bull. 2: 1–20.

_____.  1914.  Revisio plantarum Hawaiiensium a Léveillé descriptarum.  Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 13: 352–361.

_____.  1915.  A new Hawaiian Cyanea.  Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 42: 77–78.

_____.  1916.  The sandalwoods of Hawaii.  A revision of the Hawaiian species of the genus Santalum.  Hawaii, Board Agric. Forest. Bot. Bull. 3: 1–43.

_____.  1917a.  The ornamental trees of Hawaii.  Publ. privately, Honolulu, 210 pp.

_____.  1917b.  Notes on Hawaiian Lobelioideae, with descriptions of new species and varieties.  Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 44: 229–239.

_____.  1917c.  Revision of the Hawaiian species of the genus Cyrtandra, section Cylindrocalyces Hillebr.  Amer. J. Bot. 4: 604–623.

_____.  1917d.  The ohia lehua trees of Hawaii.  A revision of the Hawaiian species of the genus Metrosideros Banks, with special reference to the varieties and forms of Metrosideros collina (Forster) A. Gray subspecies polymorpha (Gaud.) Rock.  Hawaii, Board Agric. Forest. Bot. Bull. 4: 1–76.

_____.  1918a.  New species of Hawaiian plants.  Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 45: 133–139.

_____.  1918b.  Cyrtandreae Hawaiienses, sect. Crotonocalyces Hillebr.  Amer. J. Bot. 5: 259–277.

_____.  1918c.  Pelea and Platydesma.  Bot. Gaz. (Crawfordsville) 65: 261–267.

_____.  1919a.  A monographic study of the Hawaiian species of the tribe Lobelioideae, family Campanulaceae.  Mem. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 7(2): 1–395.

_____.  1919b.  The arborescent indigenous legumes of Hawaii.  Hawaii, Board Agric. Forest. Bot. Bull. 5: 1–53.

_____.  1919c.  Cyrtandreae Hawaiienses, sections Schizocalyces Hillebr. and Chaetocalyces Hillebr.  Amer. J. Bot. 6: 47–68.

_____.  1919d.  Cyrtandreae Hawaiienses, sect. Microcalyces Hillebr.  Amer. J. Bot. 6: 203–216.

_____.  1919e.  The Hawaiian genus Kokia.  A relative of the cotton.  Hawaii, Board Agric. Forest. Bot. Bull. 6: 1–22.

_____.  1920a.  The leguminous plants of Hawaii.  Hawaiian Sugar Pl. Assoc. Exp. Sta., Honolulu, 234 pp.

_____.  1920b.  The genus Plantago in Hawaii.  Amer. J. Bot. 7: 195–210.

_____.  1957.  Some new Hawaiian lobelioids.  Occas. Pap. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 22(5): 35–66.

_____.  1962a.  Hawaiian lobelioids.  Occas. Pap. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 23(5): 65–75.

_____.  1962b.  A new Hawaiian Pritchardia.  Occas. Pap. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 23(4): 61–63.

Rock, J. F. and M. C. Neal.  1957.  A new variety of silversword.  Occas. Pap. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 22(4): 31–33.

Roe, M. J.  1961.  A taxonomic study of the indigenous Hawaiian species of the genus Hibiscus (Malvaceae).  Pacific Sci. 15: 3–32.

Roelofs, F. M.  1979 [1980].  The reproductive biology of Cyrtandra grandiflora (Gesneriaceae) on O`ahu.  Pacific Sci. 33: 223–231.

Rollins, R. C.  1978.  Watercress in Florida.  Rhodora 80: 147–153.

_____.  1981.  Weeds of the Cruciferae (Brassicaceae) in North America.  J. Arnold Arbor. 62: 517–540.

_____.  1986.  Alien species of Lepidium (Cruciferae) in Hawaii.  J. Arnold Arbor. 67: 137–141.

Ronse Decraene, L.-P. and J. R. Akeroyd. 1988. Generic limits in Polygonum and related genera (Polygonaceae) on the basis of floral characters. Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 98: 321–371.

Rose, R. G.  1980.  A museum to instruct and delight:  William T. Brigham and the founding of Bernice Pauahi Bishop Museum.  Bishop Mus. Press, Honolulu, 77 pp.

Rotar, P. P.  1968.  Grasses of Hawaii.  Univ. Hawaii Press, Honolulu, 355 pp.

Rothfels, C. J., M. A. Sundue, L.-Y. Kuo, A. Larsson, M. Kato, E. Schuettpelz, and K. M. Pryer. 2012. A revised family-level classification for the eupolypod II ferns (Polypodiidae: Polypodiales). Taxon 61: 515–533.

Rowley, G. D.  1983.  Brighamia:  succulent endemic of Hawaii.  Cact. Succ. J. Gr. Brit. 1: 9–11.

_____.  1987.  Caudiciform and pachycaul succulents.  Strawberry Press, Mill Valley, Calif., 282 pp.

Ryding, O. and K. Bremer. 1992. Phylogeny, distribution, and classification of the Coreopsideae (Asteraceae). Syst. Bot. 17: 649–659.

Top 

Sa'ad, F.  1967.  The Convolvulus species of the Canary Isles, the Mediterranean Region and the Near and Middle East.  Med. Bot. Mus. Herb. Rijksun. Utrecht 281(1967): 1–288.

Sachet, M.-H. 1975. Flora of the Marquesas, 1: Ericaceae-Convolvulaceae.   Smithsonian Contr. Bot. 23: 1–34.

Sachet, M.-H. and F. R. Fosberg.  1973.  Remarks on Halophila (Hydrocharitaceae).  Taxon 22: 439–443.

St. John, H.  1931.  Additions to the flora of Ni`ihau.  Occas. Pap. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 9(14): 1–11.

_____.  1932.  Notes on Pritchardia.  Occas. Pap. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 9(19): 1–5.

_____.  1933.  Lysimachia, Labordia, Scaevola, and Pluchea.  Hawaiian plant studies I.  Occas. Pap. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 10(4): 1–10.

_____.  1934.  Panicum, Zanthoxylum, Psychotria, and Sicyos.  Hawaiian plant studies 2.  Occas. Pap. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 10(12): 1–7.

_____.  1936.  A revision of the Hawaiian species of Labordia described by H. Baillon.  Hawaiian plant studies 4.  Occas. Pap. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 12(8): 1–11.

_____.  1939a.  New Hawaiian species of Clermontia, including a revision of the Clermontia grandiflora group.  Hawaiian plant studies 6.  Occas. Pap. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 15(1): 1–19.

_____.  1939b.  New Hawaiian Lobeliaceae.  Hawaiian plant studies 7.  Occas. Pap. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 15(2): 21–35.

_____.  1940a.  Hawaiian plants named by Endlicher in 1836.  Hawaiian plant studies 8.  Occas. Pap. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 15(22): 229–238.

_____.  1940b.  Ophioglossum, Rollandia, and Scaevola.  Hawaiian plant studies 9.  Occas. Pap. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 15(28): 351–359.

_____.  1942.  New combinations in the Gleicheniaceae and in Styphelia (Epacridaceae).  Pacific plant studies 1.  Occas. Pap. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 17(7): 79–84.

_____.  1944.  Diagnoses of Hawaiian species of Pelea (Rutaceae).  Hawaiian plant studies 13.  Lloydia 7: 265–274.

_____.  1945a.  Dryopteris, Deschampsia, Portulaca, Lupinus, Fagara, Stenogyne, and Dubautia.  Hawaiian plant studies 12.  Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 72: 22–30.

_____.  1945b.  Revision of Cardamine and related Cruciferae in Hawaii, and Nasturtium in Polynesia.  Pacific plant studies 3.  Occas. Pap. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 18(5): 77–93.

_____.  1946.  Endemism in the Hawaiian flora, and a revision of the Hawaiian species of Gunnera (Haloragidaceae).  Hawaiian plant studies 11.  Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. 25: 377–420.

_____.  1947.  Pleomele fernaldii (Liliaceae), a new species from the Hawaiian Islands.  Hawaiian plant studies 16.  Contr. Gray Herb. 165: 39–42.

_____.  1950.  The subgenera of Dubautia (Compositae):  Hawaiian plant studies 18.  Pacific Sci. 4: 339–345.

_____.  1952a.  Notes on Hawaiian species of Scaevola (Goodeniaceae).  Hawaiian plant studies 19.  Pacific Sci. 6: 30–34.

_____.  1952b.  Monograph of the genus Isodendrion (Violaceae).  Hawaiian plant studies 21.  Pacific Sci. 6: 213–255.

_____.  1955a.  The relationship between the species of Erythrina (Leguminosae) native to Hawaii and Tahiti.  Pacific plant studies 13.  Webbia 11: 293–299.

_____.  1955b.  Cyrtandra nutans (Gesneriaceae) from the island of Maui.  Hawaiian plant studies 24.  Occas. Pap. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 21(15): 295–298.

_____.  1957.  Discovery of Alternanthera (Amaranthaceae) in the native Hawaiian flora.  Hawaiian plant studies 27.  Bull. Jard. Bot. État 27: 49–54.

_____.  1958.  Brighamia citrina (C. N. Forbes & Lydgate) St. John, comb. nov.  Pacific Sci. 12: 182.

_____.  1959.  Botanical novelties on the island of Ni`ihau, Hawaiian Islands.  Hawaiian plant studies 25.  Pacific Sci. 13: 156–190.

_____.  1960.  The name of the Indo‑Pacific strand Scaevola.  Pacific plant studies 19.  Taxon 9: 200–208.

_____.  1961.  Monograph of the genus Egeria Planchon.  Darwiniana 12: 293–307.

_____.  1965a.  The identity of Senecio capillaris Gaudichaud.  Hawaiian plant studies 26 [i.e., 122].  Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 52: 432–433.

_____.  1965b.  Revision of Capparis spinosa and its African, Asiatic, and Pacific relatives.  Micronesica 2: 25–45.

_____.  1966.  Monograph of Cyrtandra (Gesneriaceae) on O`ahu, Hawaiian Islands.  Bernice P. Bishop Mus. Bull. 229: 1–465.

_____.  1968.  Cyrtandra megistocalyx (Gesneriaceae), a new species from O`ahu, Hawaiian Islands.  Hawaiian plant studies 28.  Pacific Sci. 22: 422–424.

_____.  1969a.  Monograph of the genus Brighamia (Lobeliaceae).  Hawaiian plant studies 29.  J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 62: 187–204.

_____.  1969b.  Types of sections in Clermontia, Cyanea, and Delissea (Lobeliaceae).  Taxon 18: 483.

_____.  1969c.  Monograph of the Hawaiian species of Gouania (Rhamnaceae).  Hawaiian plant studies 34.  Pacific Sci. 23: 507–543.

_____.  1969d.  Hawaiian novelties in the genus Solanum (Solanaceae).  Hawaiian plant studies 30.  Pacific Sci. 23: 350–354.

_____.  1970a.  Typification of Charpentiera (Amaranth.).  Taxon 19: 302.

_____.  1970b.  The "staminodia" of the genus Schiedea (Caryophyllaceae) and three new Hawaiian species.  Hawaiian plant studies 32 [i.e., 33].  Pacific Sci. 24: 245–254.

_____.  1970c.  Classification and distribution of the Ipomoea pescaprae group (Convolvulaceae).  Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 89: 563–583.

_____.  1970d.  The genus Sicyos (Cucurbitaceae) on the Hawaiian Leeward Islands.  Hawaiian plant studies 35.  Pacific Sci. 24: 439–456.

_____.  1970e.  Revision of the Hawaiian species of Canavalia (Leguminosae).  Hawaiian plant studies.  32.  Israel J. Bot. 19: 161–219.

_____.  1971a.  Endemic plants of Kipahulu Valley, Maui, Hawaiian Islands.  Hawaiian plant studies 36.  Pacific Sci. 25: 39–79.

_____.  1971b.  The status of the genus Wilkesia (Compositae), and discovery of a second Hawaiian species.  Hawaiian plant studies 34 [i.e., 38].  Occas. Pap. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 24(8): 127–137.

_____.  1971c.  The identity of Arabis owaihiensis Cham. & Schlecht.  Hawaiian plant studies 37.  Willdenowia 6: 283–284.

_____.  1972a.  Plantae Hobdyanae Kauaienses.  Hawaiian plant studies 31.  Pacific Sci. 26: 275–295.

_____.  1972b.  Canavalia kauensis (Leguminosae), a new species from the island of Hawaii.  Hawaiian plant studies 39.  Pacific Sci. 26: 409–414.

_____.  1972c.  The scientific names in the German edition of Parkinson's plants of use for food, medicine, etc., in Otaheite.  Biol. J. Linn. Soc. 4: 305–310.

_____.  1973a.  List and summary of the flowering plants in the Hawaiian Islands.  Pacific Trop. Bot. Gard. Mem. 1: 1–519.

_____.  1973b.  A new living species of Gouania (Rhamnaceae) on O`ahu, Hawaiian Islands.  Hawaiian plant studies 40.  Pacific Sci. 27: 269–273.

_____.  1974a.  Luteidiscus, new genus (Compositae).  Pacific plant studies 25.  Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 94: 549–555.

_____.  1974b [1975].  Skottsbergiliana new genus (Cucurbitaceae) of Hawaii Island.  Hawaiian plant studies 41.  Pacific Sci. 28: 457–462.

_____.  1975a.  The variability of the Hawaiian maile (Alyxia olivaeformis), Apocynaceae.  Hawaiian plant studies 49.  Phytologia 32: 377–386.

_____.  1975b.  Plantae Hobdyanae Kauaienses II.  Hawaiian plant studies 45.  Bot. Mag. (Tokyo) 88: 59–64.

_____.  1975c.  More variants of Scaevola taccada (Goodeniaceae).  Hawaiian plant studies 43.  Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 88: 73–76.

_____.  1975d.  Cenchrus laysanensis (Gramineae) of the Leeward Islands.  Hawaiian plant studies 47.  Phytologia 31: 22–24.

_____.  1976a [1977].  New species of Hawaiian plants collected by David Nelson in 1779.  Hawaiian plant studies 52.  Pacific Sci. 30: 7–44.

_____.  1976b.  Two lectotypes in Charpentiera (Amaranthaceae).  Hawaiian plant studies 51.  Phytologia 35: 132.

_____.  1976c.  A new form of Alyxia olivaeformis Gaud. (Apocynaceae).  Hawaiian plant studies 50.  Phytologia 34: 388–389.

_____.  1976d.  The status of Jacquemontia sandwicensis (Convolvulaceae).  Hawaiian plant studies 57.  Phytologia 33: 423–428.

_____.  1976e.  Miscellaneous taxonomic notes.  Hawaiian plant studies 58.  Phytologia 34: 147–148.

_____.  1976f.  New combinations in Zanthoxylum (Rutaceae).  Hawaiian plant studies 44.  Rhodora 78: 73–74.

_____.  1976g.  Evaluation of Waltheria indica L. and W. americana L. (Sterculiaceae).  Pacific plant studies 28.  Phytologia 33: 89–92.

_____.  1976h.  A new species of Panicum (Gramineae) from Moloka`i.  Hawaiian plant studies 42.  Rhodora 78: 542–545.

_____. 1976i. Lectotypes for Brown’s Flora of Southeastern Polynesia. Phytologia 33: 417−422.

_____.  1977a.  The native Hawaiian Alternanthera (Amaranthaceae).  Hawaiian plant studies 63.  Phytologia 37: 476–478.

_____.  1977b.  The variations of Delissea subcordata Gaud., Lobeliaceae.  Hawaiian plant studies 62.  Phytologia 37: 417–419.

_____.  1977c.  Plants of the Sandwich Islands collected by Archibald Menzies.  Phytologia 38: 1–6.

_____.  1977d.  Revision of the genus Pittosporum in Hawaii.  Hawaiian plant studies 64.  Phytologia 38: 75–98.

_____.  1977e.  The variations of Alphitonia ponderosa (Rhamnaceae).  Hawaiian plant studies 59.  Phytologia 35: 177–182.

_____.  1977f.  Observations on Hawaiian Panicum and Sapindus.  Hawaiian plant studies 61.  Phytologia 36: 465–467.

_____.  1978a.  Ochrosia (Apocynaceae) of the Hawaiian Islands, Hawaiian plant studies 60.  Adansonia 18: 199–220.

_____.  1978b.  Notes on Hesperomannia (Compositae).  Hawaiian plant studies 80.  Phytologia 40: 241–242.

_____.  1978c.  Novelties in Clermontia and Cyanea (Lobeliaceae).  Hawaiian plant studies 79.  Phytologia 40: 97–98.

_____.  1978d.  St. John's Hawaiian plant novelties since 1972.  Newslett. Hawaiian Bot. Soc. 17: 56–62.

_____.  1978e [1979].  The first collection of Hawaiian plants by David Nelson in 1779.  Hawaiian plant studies 55.  Pacific Sci. 32: 315–324.

_____.  1978f.  Hawaiian plant studies 67.  The Cucurbitaceae of Hawaii I.  Generic revision.  Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 99: 490–497.

_____.  1978g.  New combinations in Hawaiian Cucurbitaceae.  Hawaiian plant studies 66.  Phytologia 38: 407–408.

_____.  1978h.  Hawaiian plant studies 75.  The Cucurbitaceae of Hawaii II.  Sicyocarya (Gray) St. John, new genus.  Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 100: 246–248.

_____.  1978i.  The new binomial Myrsine helleri (Myrsinaceae).  Hawaiian plant studies 68.  Phytologia 39: 107.

_____.  1978j.  Gardenia weissichii of O`ahu Island (Rubiaceae).  Hawaiian plant studies 70.  Phytologia 39: 108–111.

_____.  1978k.  Isodendrion christensenii (Violaceae) of Kaua`i.  Hawaiian plant studies 81.  Phytologia 40: 375–378.

_____.  1979a [1980].  Monograph of the Hawaiian species of Achyranthes (Amaranthaceae).  Hawaiian plant studies 56.  Pacific Sci. 33: 333–350.

_____.  1979b.  Revision of Nototrichium sandwicense (Amaranthaceae).  Hawaiian plant studies 87.  Phytologia 42: 25–28.

_____.  1979c.  The new Dubautia nagatae (Compositae) of Kaua`i.  Hawaiian plant studies 78.  Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 106: 1–3.

_____.  1979d [1980].  The native species of Senecio (Compositae) in Hawaii.  Hawaiian plant studies 53.  Pacific Sci. 33: 329–332.

_____.  1979e.  Plants collected in the Sandwich Islands by Thomas Nuttall.  Hawaiian plant studies 85.  Phytologia 41: 441–446.

_____.  1979f [1980].  Classification of Acacia koa and relatives (Leguminosae).  Hawaiian plant studies 93.  Pacific Sci. 33: 357–367.

_____.  1979g [1980].  New species of Cyrtandra (Gesneriaceae) from Kaua`i.  Hawaiian plant studies 74.  Pacific Sci. 33: 351–355.

_____.  1979h [1980].  Cyrtandra (Gesneriaceae) from Kaua`i and Maui.  Hawaiian plant studies 96.  Pacific Sci. 33: 385–393.

_____.  1979i.  A new Stenogyne (Labiatae).  Hawaiian plant studies 84.  Phytologia 41: 305–308.

_____.  1979j [1980].  A variety of Colubrina oppositifolia Brongn. ex Mann (Rhamnaceae).  Hawaiian plant studies 95.  Pacific Sci. 33: 381–383.

_____.  1979k.  The fruit of Gardenia weissichii (Rubiaceae).  Hawaiian plant studies 83.  Phytologia 41: 144.

_____.  1979l [1980].  The native Hawaiian species of Morinda (Rubiaceae).  Hawaiian plant studies 94.  Pacific Sci. 33: 369–379.

_____.  1979m [1980].  Novelties in the genus Pelea (Rutaceae).  Hawaiian plant studies 50 [i.e., 118].  Pacific Sci. 33: 165–171.

_____.  1979n.  Resurrection of Viola lanaiensis Becker.  Hawaiian plant studies 90.  Phytologia 44: 323–324.

_____.  1979o [1980].  Revision of the genus Pandanus Stickman.  Part 42.  Pandanus tectorius Parkins. ex Z and Pandanus odoratissimus L.f.  Pacific Sci. 33: 395–401.

_____.  1980a.  A new variety of Nototrichium viride (Amaranthaceae).  Hawaiian plant studies 98.  Phytologia 45: 295.

_____.  1980b.  Key to Hawaiian species of Rauvolfia (Apocynaceae).  Hawaiian plant studies 99.  Phytologia 45: 354–355.

_____.  1980c.  Variations of Reynoldsia (Araliaceae) in the Hawaiian Is.  Hawaiian plant studies 100.  Phytologia 46: 154.

_____.  1980d.  Lectotypes in the Lobeliaceae.  Hawaiian plant studies 91.  Phytologia 45: 30.

_____.  1980e.  Evaluation of H. Léveillé's new Hawaiian species.  Hawaiian plant studies 76.  Phytologia 45: 289–294.

_____.  1980f.  A new Scaevola (Goodeniaceae) from Kaua`i.  Hawaiian plant studies 92.  Bot. Mag. (Tokyo) 93: 181–184.

_____.  1981a.  New species from Kaua`i.  Hawaiian plant studies 97.  Pacific Sci. 35: 97–103.

_____.  1981b.  New combinations in Railliardia (Compositae).  Hawaiian plant studies 111.  Phytologia 49: 291.

_____.  1981c.  Lepidium orbiculare (Cruciferae) of Kaua`i.  Hawaiian plant studies 105.  Phytologia 47: 371–373.

_____.  1981d.  Additions to Cyanea (Lobeliaceae) of O`ahu and Maui.  Hawaiian plant studies 106.  Phytologia 48: 143–145.

_____.  1981e.  A variety of Zanthoxylum hawaiiense Hbd. (Rutaceae).  Hawaiian plant studies 110.  Phytologia 49: 292.

_____.  1981f.  Novelties in Panicum (Gramineae) from Kaho`olawe.  Hawaiian plant studies 102.  Phytologia 47: 374–378.

_____.  1982a [1983].  Monograph of Trematolobelia (Lobeliaceae).  Hawaiian plant studies 107.  Pacific Sci. 36: 483–506.

_____.  1982b.  A new species of Labordia (Loganiaceae).  Hawaiian plant studies 115.  Phytologia 52: 145–147.

_____.  1982c.  Five new species in Pelea (Rutaceae).  Hawaiian plant studies 108.  Bot. Mag. (Tokyo) 95: 139–146.

_____.  1983a.  A new Hesperomannia (Compositae) from Maui Island:  Hawaiian plant studies 116.  Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 70: 198–200.

_____.  1983b.  Hawaiian novelties in Clermontia (Lobeliaceae).  Hawaiian plant studies 114.  Nord. J. Bot. 3: 543–545.

_____.  1983c.  Novelties in Hawaiian Pittosporum (Pittosporaceae).  Hawaiian plant studies 117.  Bot. Mag. (Tokyo) 96: 313–317.

_____.  1983d.  A new Carex (Cyperaceae) of the section Stellulatae.  Hawaiian plant studies 113.  Pacific Sci. 37: 25–26.

_____.  1984a.  Novelties among the Phanerogamae, Hawaiian plant studies 123.  Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 111: 479–482.

_____.  1984b.  Revision of the Hawaiian species of Santalum (Santalaceae).  Hawaiian plant studies 109.  Phytologia 55: 217–226.

_____.  1985a.  Typification of the Hawaiian plants described by Asa Gray from the Wilkes Expedition collections, and an enumeration of the other Hawaiian collections.  Hawaiian plant studies 54.  Rhodora 87: 565–595.

_____.  1985b.  Earlier dates of valid publication of some genera and species in Gaudichaud's Botany of the Uranie Voyage.  Taxon 34: 663–665.

_____.  1985c.  Touchardia angusta (Urticaceae).  Hawaiian plant studies 128.  Phytologia 58: 231–232.

_____.  1985d.  Monograph of the Hawaiian species of Pleomele (Liliaceae).  Hawaiian plant studies 103.  Pacific Sci. 39: 171–190.

_____.  1986a.  Hawaiian plant studies 104.  Revision of Sanicula (Umbelliferae) in Hawaii.  Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 108: 51–62.

_____.  1986b.  Delissea konaensis sp. nov. (Lobeliaceae).  Hawaiian plant studies 131.  Phytologia 59: 315–316.

_____.  1986c.  Revision of the Hawaiian Diopyros [Diospyros] (Ebenaceae).  Hawaiian plant studies 120.  Phytologia 59: 389–405.

_____.  1986d.  Nothocestrum inconcinnum sp. nov. (Solanaceae).  Hawaiian plant studies 132.  Phytologia 61: 343–345.

_____.  1987a.  Diagnoses of Clermontia species (Lobeliaceae).  Hawaiian plant studies 146.  Phytologia 63: 350–365.

_____.  1987b.  Enlargement of Delissea (Lobeliaceae).  Hawaiian plant studies 138.  Phytologia 63: 79–90.

_____.  1987c.  Diagnoses of Delissea species (Lobeliaceae) from Kaua`i.  Hawaiian plant studies 145.  Phytologia 63: 339–349.

_____.  1987d.  A Haleakala variety of Lobelia (Lobeliaceae).  Hawaiian plant studies 147.  Phytologia 63: 366.

_____.  1987e.  Diagnoses of Rollandia species (Lobeliaceae).  Hawaiian plant studies 148.  Phytologia 63: 367.

_____.  1987f.  Novelties in the Lobeliaceae.  Hawaiian plant studies 136.  Phytologia 62: 433–436.

_____.  1987g.  Diagnoses of new species of Cladocarpa (Cucurbitaceae).  Hawaiian plant studies 142.  Phytologia 63: 185–186.

_____.  1987h.  Diagnoses of new species of Sicyos (Cucurbitaceae).  Hawaiian plant studies 143.  Phytologia 63: 187–192.

_____. 1987i. Diagnoses of Cyrtandra species (Gesneriaceae) sect. Chaetocalyces. Hawaiian plant studies 152. Phytologia 63: 469–472.

_____. 1987j. Diagnoses of Cyrtandra species, sect. Verticillatae (Gesneriaceae). Hawaiian plant studies 153. Phytologia 63: 473–475.

_____. 1987k. Section Lobicalyces of Cyrtandra (Gesneriaceae). Hawaiian plant studies 154. Phytologia 63: 476–484.

_____. 1987l. Diagnoses of Cyrtandra species (Gesneriaceae) section Microcalyces. Hawaiian plant studies 155. Phytologia 63: 485–486.

_____. 1987m. Diagnoses of Cyrtandra species (Gesneriaceae) section Crotonocalyces.   Hawaiian plant studies 156. Phytologia 63: 487–493.

_____. 1987n. Diagnoses of Cyrtandra species (Gesneriaceae) section Schizocalyces. Hawaiian plant studies 157. Phytologia 63: 494–503.

_____. 1987o. Diagnoses of Cyrtandra species (Gesneriaceae) section Cylindrocalyces. Hawaiian plant studies 158. Phytologia 64: 38–42.

_____.  1987p.  Diagnosis of Hawaiian species of Stenogyne (Labiatae).  Hawaiian plant studies 139.  Phytologia 63: 159–171.

_____.  1987q.  Diagnoses of Phyllostegia species (Labiatae).  Hawaiian plant studies 140.  Phytologia 63: 172–182.

_____. 1987r. Diagnoses of Lysimachia species (Primulaceae). Hawaiian plant studies 159. Phytologia 64: 43–50.

_____.  1987s.  Diagnoses of new Hawaiian species of Touchardia (Urticaceae).  Hawaiian plant studies 141.  Phytologia 63: 183–184.

_____.  1987t.  Diagnoses of Panicum species (Gramineae).  Hawaiian plant studies 149.  Phytologia 63: 368–395.

_____. 1988. Diagnoses of some Phanerogamae: Hawaiian plant studies 165. Phytologia 64: 177–178.

_____. 1988a. Notes on some Dicotyledons. Hawaiian plant studies 167. Phytologia 64: 487–489.

_____. 1988b. Diagnoses of new Cyrtandra species (Gesneriaceae). Hawaiian plant studies 144. Phytologia 65: 195–206.

St. John, H. and G. D. Carr.  1981.  Two new species of Dubautia (Compositae) from Kaua`i.  Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 108: 198–204.

St. John, H. and F. R. Fosberg.  1938.  Identification of Hawaiian plants:  a key to the families of dicotyledons of the Hawaiian Islands, descriptions of the families, and list of the genera.  Occas. Pap. Univ. Hawaii 36: 1–53.

_____.  1939.  A new variety of Ruppia maritima (Ruppiaceae) from the tropical Pacific.  Occas. Pap. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 15(16): 175–178.

St. John, H. and L. Frederick.  1949.  A second Hawaiian species of Alectryon (Sapindaceae).  Hawaiian plant studies 17.  Pacific Sci. 3: 296–301.

St. John, H. and D. R. Herbst.  1975.  An earlier name for Bobea elatior (Rubiaceae).  Hawaiian plant studies 46.  Phytologia 30: 7–8.

St. John, H. and E. Y. Hosaka.  1932.  Weeds of the pineapple fields of the Hawaiian Islands.  Univ. Hawaii Res. Publ. 6: 1–196.

_____.  1935.  Hawaiian Panicum, Metrosideros, Sanicula, Lobelia, and Rollandia.  Occas. Pap. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 11(13): 1–18.

_____.  1938.  Notes on Hawaiian species of Lobelia.  Hawaiian plant studies 5.  Occas. Pap. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 14(8): 117–126.

St. John, H. and J. R. Kuykendall.  1949.  Revision of the native Hawaiian species of Gardenia (Rubiaceae).  Hawaiian plant studies 15.  Brittonia 6: 431–449.

St. John, H., K. M. Nagata, and F. R. Ganders.  1983.  A new subspecies of Bidens (Asteraceae) from Maui.  Lyonia 2: 17–21.

St. John, H. and W. R. Philipson.  1962.  An account of the flora of Henderson Island, South Pacific Ocean.  Trans. Roy. Soc. New Zealand, Bot. 1: 175–194.

St. John, H. and W. B. Storey.  1950.  Diagnoses of new species of Cyrtandra (Gesneriaceae) from O`ahu, Hawaiian Islands.  Hawaiian plant studies 20.  Occas. Pap. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 20(6): 77–88.

St. John, H. and W. Takeuchi.  1987.  Are the distinctions of Delissea valid?  Hawaiian plant studies 137.  Phytologia 63: 129–130.

_____. 1988. Enlargement of O`hau Cyrtandra (Gesneriaceae). Hawiian plant studies 48. Phytologia 65: 207–215.

St. John, H. and M. Titcomb.  1983.  The vegetation of the Sandwich Islands as seen by Charles Gaudichaud in 1819.  Occas. Pap. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 25(9): 1–16.

Sakai, A. K. and S. G. Weller.  1986.  Breeding systems in Schiedea (Caryophyllaceae), an endemic Hawaiian genus (Abstr.).  Amer. J. Bot. 73: 675–676.

Sakai, A. K., S. G. Weller, W. L. Wagner, P. S. Soltis, and D. E. Soltis. 1997. Phylogenetic perspectives on the evolution of dioecy: Adaptive radiation in the endemic Hawaiian genera Schiedea and Alsinidendron (Caryophyllaceae: Alsinoideae): in Givinish, T. J. and K. J. Sytsma (eds.), Molecular evolution and adaptive radiation.   Cambridge University Press, NY pp. 455–473.

Sakai, A. K., W. L. Wagner, D. M. Ferguson, and D. R. Herbst. 1995a.   Origins of dioecy in the flowering plants of the Hawaiian Islands. Ecology 76: 2517–2529.

_____. 1995b. Biogeographical and ecological correlates of dioecy in the Hawaiian angiosperm flora. Ecology 76: 2530–2543.

Sakai, A. K., W. L. Wagner, and L. A. Mehrhoff. 2002. Patterns of Endangerment in the Hawaiian Flora. Syst. Biol. 51: 276–302.

Salisbury, R. A.  1808.  Some remarks of the plants now referred to Sophora, with characters of the genus Edwardsia.  Trans. Linn. Soc. London 9: 296–300.

Santos, J. V.  1950.  A revision of the grass genus Garnotia.  Nat. Appl. Sci. Bull. Univ. Philipp. 10: 1–179.

Sastrapradja, S. N.  1968a.  Chromosome study of Hawaiian Peperomia (Piperaceae) species.  Ann. Bogor. 4: 245–251.

_____.  1968b.  On the morphology of the flower in Peperomia (Piperaceae) species.  Ann. Bogor. 4: 235–244.

Sato, P. 1998. A new naturalized plant species in windward O`ahu, Hawaii. Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 56: 14.

Sauer, J.  1964.  Revision of Canavalia.  Brittonia 16: 106–181.

Saunders, J. 2011. Resurrection of the Maui endemic Waltheria pyrolifolia (Sterculiaceae, Hermannieae). Darwiniana 49: 76-85.

Scanlan, G. M.  1942.  A study of the genus Cyperus in the Hawaiian Islands.  Catholic Univ. Amer., Biol. Ser. 41: 1–62.

Schauinsland, H.  1899.  Drei Monate einer Koralleninsel.  (Laysan).  M. Nössler, Bremen, 104 pp.

_____.  1900.  Ein Besuch auf Moloka`i, der Insel der Aussätzigen.  Abh. Naturwiss. Vereine Bremen 16: 513–543.

Schery, R. W.  1942.  Monograph of Malvaviscus.  Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 29: 183–244.

Scheuer, P. J.  1955.  The constituents of mokihana (Pelea anisata Mann).  Chem. & Industr. 1955: 1257–1258.

Scheuer, P. J., M. Y. Chang, and C. E. Swanholm.  1962.  Hawaiian plant studies.  VIII.  Isolation of chelerythrine and dihydrochelerythrine from Fagara semiarticulata.  J. Org. Chem. 27: 1472–1473.

Scheuer, P. J., L. P. Horigan, and W. R. Hudgins.  1962.  A survey for alkaloids in Hawaiian plants, III.  Pacific Sci. 16: 63–69.

Scheuer, P. J. and W. R. Hudgins.  1964.  Major constituents of the essential oil of Pelea christophersenii St. John & Hume.  Perfumery & Essential Oil Rec. 55: 723–724.

Scheuer, P. J. and F. Werny.  1964.  Alkaloids of Hawaiian Rutaceae.  Symp. Phytochem., Univ. Hong Kong, 1961, pp. 35–36.

Schindler, A. K.  1905.  Halorrhagaceae.  Pflanzenr. IV. 225 (Heft 23): 1–133.

_____.  1926.  Desmodii generumque affinium species et combinationes novae.  II.  Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 22: 250–288.

Schinz, H.  1931.  Beiträge zur Kenntnis der afrikanischen Flora (XXXVI).  Vierteljahrsschr. Naturf. Ges. Zürich 76: 133–146.

Schluter, D. 2000. The ecology of adaptive radiation. Oxford Univ. Press, Oxford, U.K.

Schmid, R.  1972a.  Floral anatomy of Myrtaceae, II.  Eugenia.  J. Arnold Arbor. 53: 336–363.

_____.  1972b.  Floral anatomy of Myrtaceae I.  Syzygium.  Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 92: 433–489.

_____.  1972c.  A resolution of the Eugenia-Syzygium controversy (Myrtaceae).  Amer. J. Bot. 59: 423–436.

Schneider, H., T. A. Ranker, S. J. Russell, R. Cranfill, J. M. O. Geiger, R. Aguraiuja, K. R. Wood, M. Grundmann, K. Kloberdanz, and J. C. Vogel. 2005. Origin of the endemic fern genus Diellia coincides with the renewal of Hawaiian terrestrial life in the Miocene. Proc. Biol. Sci. B. 272: 455–460.

Schönenberger J., A. A. Anderberg, and K. J. Sytsma. 2005. Molecular phylogenetics and patterns of floral evolution in the Ericales. Int. J. Pl. Sci. 166: 265-288.

Schönland, S.  1889.  Campanulaceae.  Nat. Pflanzenfam. IV. 5: 40–70.

_____.  1894.  Campanulaceae.  Nat. Pflanzenfam. IV. 5: 394.

Schroeder, C. A.  1946.  Priority of the species Psidium cattleianum Sabine.  J. Arnold Arbor. 27: 314–315.

Schroeder, L. J.  1926.  Data of certain American Piperaceae.  Candollea 3: 121–140.

Schultz, C. H.  1856.  Verzeichniss der Cassiniaceen, welche Herr Edelstan Jardin in den Jahren 1853–55 auf den Inseln des stillen Oceans gesammelt hat.  Flora 39: 353–362.

Schulz, O. E.  1903.  Monographie der Gattung Cardamine.  Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 32: 280–623.

Schumann, K.  1891.  Rubiaceae.  Nat. Pflanzenfam. IV. 4: 1–156.

_____.  1895.  Apocynaceae.  Nat. Pflanzenfam. IV. 2: 109–189.

Scott, A. J.  1977.  Reinstatement and revision of Salicorniaceae J. Agardh (Caryophyllales).  Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 75: 357–374.

Scowcroft, P. G.  1986.  Fine litterfall and leaf decomposition in a montane koa-ohia rain forest.  Proc. 6th Conf. Nat. Sci., Hawaii Volcanoes Natl. Park, pp. 66–82.

Scowcroft, P. G. and H. B. Wood.  1976 [1977].  Reproduction of Acacia koa after fire.  Pacific Sci. 30: 177–186.

Seelanan, T., A. Schnabel, and J. F. Wendel. 1997. Congruence and consensus in the cotton tribe (Malvaceae). Syst. Bot. 22:259-290.

Seemann, B.  1852.  Notes on the Sandwich Islands.  J. Bot. (Hooker) 4: 335–341.

_____.  1863.  The Solana of tropical Polynesia.  J. Bot. 1: 206–211.

_____.  1864–1868.  Revision of the natural order Hederaceae.  J. Bot. 2: 235–250, 289–309 (1864); 3: 73–81, 173–181, 265–276, 361–363 (1865); 4: 293–299, 352–353 (1866); 5: 236–239, 285–286 (1867); 6: 52–58, 129–142, 161–165 (1868).

_____.  1865.  Flora vitiensis:  a description of the plants of the Viti or Fiji Islands with an account of their history, uses, and properties, Part 2.  L. Reeve and Co., London, pp. 41–80.

_____.  1866a.  Flora vitiensis:  a description of the plants of the Viti or Fiji Islands with an account of their history, uses, and properties, Part 4.  L. Reeve and Co., London, pp. 121–144.

_____.  1866b.  Flora vitiensis:  a description of the plants of the Viti or Fiji Islands with an account of their history, uses, and properties, Part 5.  L. Reeve and Co., London, pp. 145–196.

_____.  1867.  Flora vitiensis:  a description of the plants of the Viti or Fiji Islands with an account of their history, uses, and properties, Part 6.  L. Reeve and Co., London, pp. 197–236.

_____.  1868a.  On two new genera of Smilacineae.  J. Bot. 6: 193–194, 257–258.

_____.  1868b.  Flora vitiensis:  a description of the plants of the Viti or Fiji Islands with an account of their history, uses, and properties, Part 9.  L. Reeve and Co., London, pp. 293–324.

Selling, O. H.  1947.  Studies in Hawaiian pollen statistics.  Part II.  The pollens of the Hawaiian phanerogams.  Special Publ. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 38: 1–430.

_____.  1948.  Studies in Hawaiian pollen statistics, Part III.  On the late quaternary history of the Hawaiian vegetation.  Special Publ. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 39: 1–154.

Setchell, W. A.  1946.  The genus Ruppia L.  Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, 25: 469–478.

Shan, R. H. and L. Constance.  1951.  The genus Sanicula (Umbelliferae) in the Old World and the New.  Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. 25: 1–78.

Shannon, R. K. and W. L. Wagner. 1996. New records of Hawaiian flowering plants primarily from the United States National Herbarium. Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 46: 13–15.

 _____. 1997. Oparanthus (Asteraceae, subtribe Coreopsidinae) revisited. Allertonia 7: 273–295.

Shannon, R. K., W. L. Wagner, and D. H. Nicolson. 1997. (1322) Proposal to conserve the name Scaevola taccada (Goodeniaceae) with a conserved type. Taxon 46: 801–802.

Shaw, R. B. and P. P. Douglas. 1995. Carex inversa R. Br. (Cyperaceae), new to Hawaii and the United States. Phytologia 78: 249–255.

Sherff, E. E.  1920.  Studies in the genus Bidens.  V.  Bot. Gaz. (Crawfordsville) 70: 89–109.

_____.  1923.  Studies in the genus Bidens.  VI.  Bot. Gaz. (Crawfordsville) 76: 144–166.

_____.  1925.  New or otherwise noteworthy Compositae.  II.  Bot. Gaz. (Crawfordsville) 80: 367–389.

_____.  1926.  Studies in the genus Bidens.  VII.  Bot. Gaz. (Crawfordsville) 81: 25–54.

_____.  1928a.  Studies in the genus Bidens.  VIII.  Bot. Gaz. (Crawfordsville) 85: 1–29.

_____.  1928b.  Studies in the genus Bidens.  IX.  Bot. Gaz. (Crawfordsville) 86: 435–447.

_____.  1929.  New or otherwise noteworthy Compositae.  III.  Bot. Gaz. (Crawfordsville) 88: 285–309.

_____.  1930.  New or otherwise noteworthy Compositae.  IV.  Bot. Gaz. (Crawfordsville) 89: 362–373.

_____.  1931a.  New or otherwise noteworthy Compositae.  VI.  Bot. Gaz. (Crawfordsville) 91: 308–319.

_____.  1931b.  New or otherwise noteworthy Compositae.  VII.  Bot. Gaz. (Crawfordsville) 92: 202–209.

_____.  1932.  Studies in the genus Bidens.  X.  Family Compositae.  Bot. Gaz. (Crawfordsville) 93: 213–220.

_____.  1933a.  New or otherwise noteworthy Compositae.  VIII.  Bot. Gaz. (Crawfordsville) 94: 589–597.

_____.  1933b.  New or noteworthy Compositae.  IX.  Bot. Gaz. (Crawfordsville) 95: 78–103.

_____.  1933c.  Some new or otherwise important Compositae of the Hawaiian Islands.  Amer. J. Bot. 20: 616–619.

_____.  1934a.  Some new or otherwise noteworthy members of the families Labiatae and Compositae.  Bot. Gaz. (Crawfordsville) 96: 136–153.

_____.  1934b.  A study in the genus Tetramolopium Nees (family:  Compositae).  Bot. Gaz. (Crawfordsville) 95: 498–502.

_____.  1934c.  Some new or otherwise important Labiatae of the Hawaiian Islands.  Amer. J. Bot. 21: 698–701.

_____.  1935a.  New or otherwise noteworthy Compositae.  X.  Amer. J. Bot. 22: 705–710.

   _____.  1935b.  Revision of Tetramolopium, Lipochaeta, Dubautia and Railliardia.  Bernice P. Bishop Mus. Bull. 135: 1–136.

_____.  1935c.  Revision of Haplostachys, Phyllostegia, and Stenogyne.  Bernice P. Bishop Mus. Bull. 136: 1–101.

_____.  1936a.  Revision of the genus Coreopsis.  Field Mus. Nat. Hist., Bot. Ser. 11: 277–475.

_____.  1936b.  Additions to the genus Euphorbia L. and to certain genera of the Compositae.  Bot. Gaz. (Crawfordsville) 97: 580–609.

_____.  1937a.  The genus Bidens.  Parts I and II.  Field Mus. Nat. Hist., Bot Ser. 16: 1–709.

_____. 1937b. Some Compositae of southeastern Polynesia (Bidens, Coreopsis, Cosmos, and Oparanthus).   Occas. Pap. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 12(19): 1–19.

_____.  1938a [1937].  Revision of the Hawaiian species of Euphorbia L.  Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 25: 1–94.

_____.  1938b.  Studies in the genus Labordia Gaud., with a new variety in Megalodonta E. L. Greene.  Amer. J. Bot. 25: 579–589.

_____.  1939a.  Some new or otherwise noteworthy Labiatae and Compositae.  Field Mus. Nat. Hist., Bot. Ser. 17: 577–612.

_____.  1939b.  Additional studies of the Hawaiian Euphorbiaceae.  Field Mus. Nat. Hist., Bot. Ser. 17: 547–576.

_____.  1939c.  Genus Labordia.  Field Mus. Nat. Hist., Bot. Ser. 17: 445–546.

_____.  1941a.  Additions to our knowledge of the American and Hawaiian floras.  Field Mus. Nat. Hist., Bot. Ser. 22: 407–441.

_____.  1941b.  New or otherwise noteworthy plants from the Hawaiian Islands.  Amer. J. Bot. 28: 18–31.

_____.  1942a.  Some recently collected specimens of Schiedea (Caryophyllaceae) and of Mexican Compositae.  Amer. J. Bot. 29: 332–333.

_____.  1942b.  Some new or otherwise noteworthy Mexican Coreopsideae (genera Heterosperma Cav. and Bidens L.) and a note on Xylosma hawaiiense Seem.  Field Mus. Nat. Hist., Bot. Ser. 22: 567–573.

_____.  1942c.  Revision of the Hawaiian members of the genus Pittosporum Banks.  Field Mus. Nat. Hist., Bot. Ser. 22: 467–566, 574–580.

_____.  1943.  Some additions to our knowledge of the genus Schiedea Cham. & Schlecht.  Amer. J. Bot. 30: 606–608.

_____.  1944a.  New or otherwise noteworthy American and Hawaiian Coreopsideae.  Amer. J. Bot. 31: 277–281.

_____.  1944b.  Some additions to our knowledge of the flora of the Hawaiian Islands.  Amer. J. Bot. 31: 151–161.

_____.  1945a.  Revision of the genus Schiedea Cham. & Schlecht.  Brittonia 5: 308–335.

_____.  1945b.  Some additions to the genus Dodonaea L. (fam. Sapindaceae).  Amer. J. Bot. 32: 202–214.

_____.  1946a.  Remarks upon certain Hawaiian Labiatae and Compositae.  Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 73: 184–193.

_____.  1946b.  Some new or otherwise noteworthy dicotyledonous plants.  Amer. J. Bot. 33: 499–510.

_____.  1947a.  A preliminary study of the Hawaiian species of the genus Rauvolfia (Plum.) L. (family Apocynaceae).  Field Mus. Nat. Hist., Bot. Ser. 23: 321–331.

_____.  1947b.  Additions to the genera Scalesia Arn. and Hidalgoa Llave and Lex. (family Compositae).  Field Mus. Nat. Hist., Bot. Ser. 23: 333–336.

_____.  1947c.  Further studies in the genus Dodonaea.  Field Mus. Nat. Hist., Bot. Ser. 23: 269–317.

_____.  1948a.  A name for the "alpha" variety or forma of miscellaneous dicotyledonous plants.  Brittonia 6: 332–342.

_____.  1948b.  A new variety of Gnaphalium sandwicensium Gaud. in the Hawaiian Islands.  Lloydia 11: 309.

_____.  1949a.  Some new or otherwise noteworthy dicotyledonous plants from the Hawaiian Islands.  Occas. Pap. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 20(1): 1–25.

_____.  1949b.  Miscellaneous notes on dicotyledonous plants.  Amer. J. Bot. 36: 499–511.

_____.  1950a.  A preliminary paper on the genus Nototrichium (A. Gray) Hillebr. (fam. Amaranthaceae).  Bot. Leafl. 1: 2–4.

_____.  1950b.  Notes on certain members of the Amaranthaceae, Caryophyllaceae, Euphorbiaceae and Compositae.  Bot. Leafl. 2: 2–6.

_____.  1951a.  Notes upon certain new or otherwise interesting plants of the Hawaiian Islands and Colombia.  Bot. Leafl. 3: 2–8.

_____.  1951b.  A revision of the Hawaiian Island genus Nototrichium Hillebr. (fam. Amaranthaceae).  Bot. Leafl. 4: 2–21.

_____.  1951c.  New entities in the genus Cheirodendron Nutt. ex Seem. (fam. Araliaceae) from the Hawaiian Islands.  Bot. Leafl. 5: 2–14.

_____.  1951d.  Miscellaneous notes on new or otherwise noteworthy dicotyledonous plants.  Amer. J. Bot. 38: 54–73.

_____.  1951e.  Two Hawaiian species of the genus Sophora L. (fam. Leguminosae).  Bot. Leafl. 5: 24–25.

_____.  1952a.  Further studies of Hawaiian Araliaceae:  additions to Cheirodendron helleri Sherff and a preliminary treatment of the endemic species of Reynoldsia A. Gray.  Bot. Leafl. 6: 6–19.

_____.  1952b.  Munroidendron, a new genus of araliaceous trees from the island of Kaua`i.  Bot. Leafl. 7: 21–24.

_____.  1952c.  Contributions to our knowledge of the genera Tetraplasandra A. Gray and Reynoldsia A. Gray (fam. Araliaceae) in the Hawaiian Islands.  Bot. Leafl. 7: 7–17.

_____.  1952d.  Additions to our knowledge of the genus Tetraplasandra A. Gray (fam. Araliaceae).  Bot. Leafl. 6: 19–41.

_____.  1952e.  Some new or otherwise noteworthy Compositae from the Hawaiian Islands.  Bot. Leafl. 7: 2–6.

_____.  1952f.  Notes on Schiedea Cham. & Schlecht. (fam. Caryophyllaceae) and Phyllostegia Benth. (fam. Labiatae) in the Hawaiian Islands.  Bot. Leafl. 7: 6–7.

_____.  1953a.  Further notes on the genus Tetraplasandra A. Gray (fam. Araliaceae) in the Hawaiian Islands.  Bot. Leafl. 8: 2–13.

_____.  1953b.  Notes on miscellaneous dicotyledonous plants.  Bot. Leafl. 8: 13–26.

_____.  1954a.  Revision of the genus Cheirodendron Nutt. ex Seem. for the Hawaiian Islands.  Fieldiana, Bot. 29: 1–45.

_____.  1954b.  Further notes upon the flora of the Hawaiian Islands.  Bot. Leafl. 9: 2–10.

_____.  1955.  Revision of the Hawaiian members of the genus Tetraplasandra A. Gray.  Fieldiana, Bot. 29: 49–142.

_____.  1956.  Some recently collected dicotyledonous Hawaiian Island and Peruvian plants.  Amer. J. Bot. 43: 475–478.

_____.  1958.  Some notes upon the Hawaiian species of Fagara L.  Amer. J. Bot. 45: 461–463.

_____.  1960.  Some dicotyledonous plants recently collected in the Hawaiian Islands.  Brittonia 12: 170–175.

_____.  1962.  Miscellaneous notes on some American and Hawaiian dicotyledons.  Occas. Pap. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 22(12): 207–214.

_____.  1964.  Some recently collected dicotyledonous plants from the Hawaiian Islands and Mexico.  Occas. Pap. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 23(7): 121–127.

Shirota, F. N.  1960.  A minor alkaloid of Rauvolfia sandwicensis A. DC.  Master's thesis, Univ. Hawaii, Honolulu, 30 pp.

Sidiyasa, K. 1998. Taxonomy, phylogeny, and wood anatomy of Alstonia (Apocynaceae). Blumea, Suppl. 11. 230 pp.

Silvester, W. B.and D. R. Smith.  1969.  Nitrogen fixation by Gunnera-Nostoc symbiosis.  Nature 224: 1231.

Simon, C. 1987. Hawaiian evolutionary biology: an introduction. Trends Ecol. Evol. 2:175-718.

Sinclair, I.  1885.  Indigenous flowers of the Hawaiian Islands.  Sampson, Low, Marston, Searle, and Rivington, London, 44 pls.

Skottsberg, C.  1926.  Vascular plants from the Hawaiian Islands.  I.  Acta Horti Gothob. 2: 185–284.

_____.  1927a.  Artemisia, Scaevola, Santalum, and Vaccinium of Hawaii.  Bernice P. Bishop Mus. Bull. 43: 1–89.

_____.  1927b.  Iakttagelser över blomningen hos Cyanea hirtella (H. Mann) Rock.  Acta Horti Gothob. 3: 43–55.

_____.  1928.  On some arborescent species of Lobelia from tropical Asia.  Acta Horti Gothob. 4: 1–26.

_____.  1930a.  Further notes on Pacific sandalwoods.  Acta Horti Gothob. 5: 135–145.

_____.  1930b.  The geographical distribution of the sandalwoods and its significance.  Proc. 4th Pacific Sci. Congr., Java 3: 435–442.

_____.  1931a.  Remarks on the flora of the high Hawaiian volcanoes.  Acta Horti Gothob. 6: 47–65.

_____.  1931b.  Pipturi species hawaiienses novae.  Acta Horti Gothob. 7: 1–5.

_____.  1933.  Vaccinium cereum (L. fil.) Forst. and related species.  Acta Horti Gothob. 8: 83–102.

_____.  1934a.  Astelia and Pipturus of Hawaii.  Bernice P. Bishop Mus. Bull. 117: 1–77.

_____.  1934b.  Studies in the genus Astelia Banks et Solander.  Kongl. Svenska Vetenskapsakad. Handl. 14(2): 1–106.

_____.  1936a.  Vascular plants from the Hawaiian Islands.  II.  Acta Horti Gothob. 10: 97–193.

_____.  1936b.  The arboreous Nyctaginaceae of Hawaii.  Svensk Bot. Tidskr. 30: 722–743.

_____.  1937a.  Further remarks on Hawaiian Artemisiae.  Bot. Mag. (Tokyo) 51: 196–202.

_____.  1937b.  Further notes on Vaccinium of Hawaii.  Acta Horti Gothob. 12: 145–151.

_____.  1937c.  Liliaceae of southeastern Polynesia.  Occas. Pap. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 13(18): 233–244.

_____.  1940.  Observations on Hawaiian violets.  Acta Horti Gothob. 13: 451–528.

_____.  1941.  Heimerliodendron.  Svensk Bot. Tidskr. 35: 364.

_____.  1943.  Dr. Sven Berggren's collection of Hawaiian vascular plants.  Bot. Not. 1943: 358–372.

_____.  1944a.  Vascular plants from the Hawaiian Islands.  IV.  Phanerogams collected during the Hawaiian Bog Survey 1938.  Acta Horti Gothob. 15: 275–531.

_____.  1944b.  On the flower dimorphism in Hawaiian Rubiaceae.  Ark. Bot. 31A(4): 1–28.

_____.  1945.  The flower of Canthium.  Ark. Bot. 32A(5): 1–12.

_____.  1953.  Chromosome numbers in Hawaiian flowering plants.  Ark. Bot. 3: 63–70.

_____.  1964.  Wikstroemiae novae Hawaiienses.  Svensk Bot. Tidskr. 58: 177–183.

_____.  1972.  The genus Wikstroemia Endl. in the Hawaiian Islands.  Acta Regiae Soc. Sci. Litt. Gothob., Bot. 1: 1–166.

Sleumer, H.  1938.  Die malesisch‑pacifischen Xylosma‑Arten.  Notizbl. Bot. Gart. Berlin‑Dahlem 14: 288–297.

_____.  1963.  Florae Malesianae precursores XXXVII.  Materials towards the knowledge of the Epacridaceae mainly in Asia, Malaysia, and the Pacific.  Blumea 12: 145–171.

Small, E. and A. Cronquist.  1976.  A practical and natural taxonomy for Cannabis.  Taxon 25: 405–435.

Smedmark, J. E. E. and A. A. Anderberg. 2007. Boreotropical migration explains hybridization between geographically distant lineages in the pantropical clade Sideroxyleae (Sapotaceae). Amer. J. Bot. 94: 1491-1505.

Smith, A. C.  1973.  Studies of Pacific island plants, XXV.  The Myrsinaceae of the Fijian region.  J. Arnold Arbor. 54: 1–41, 228–292.

_____. 1973b. Studies of Pacific Island plants. XXVI. Metrosideros collina (Myrtaceae) and its relative in the southern Pacific. Amer. J. Bot. 60: 479-490.

_____.  1974.  Studies of Pacific island plants.  XXVII.  The genus Gardenia (Rubiaceae) in the Fijian region.  Amer. J. Bot. 61: 109–128.

_____. 1975. The genus Macropiper (Piperaceae). Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 71: 1-38.

_____. 1976. Studies of Pacific Island plants, XXXIII. The genus Ascarina (Chloranthaceae) in the Southern Pacific. J. Arnold Arbor. 57: 405–425.

_____.  1979.  Flora Vitiensis nova.  A new flora of Fiji (Spermatophytes only).  Vol. 1.  Pacific Tropical Botanical Garden, Lawai, Hawaii, 495 pp.

_____.  1981.  Flora Vitiensis nova.  A new flora of Fiji (Spermatophytes only).  Vol. 2.  Pacific Tropical Botanical Garden, Lawai, Hawaii, 810 pp.

_____.  1985.  Flora Vitiensis nova.  A new flora of Fiji (Spermatophytes only).  Vol. 3.  Pacific Tropical Botanical Garden, Lawai, Hawaii, 758 pp.

_____. 1988. Flora Vitiensis Nova: a new flora of Fiji (spermatophytes only). Vol 5.Pacific Tropical Botanical Garden, Lawai.

Smith, A. R., K. M. Pryer, E. Schuettpelz, P. Korall, H. Schneider, and P. G. Wolf. 2006. A classification for extant ferns. Taxon 55: 705-731.

Smith, C. W.  1985.  Impact of alien plants on Hawaii's native biota:  in Stone, C. P., and J. M. Scott (eds.), Hawaii's terrestrial ecosystems:  preservation and management.  Coop. Natl. Park Resources Stud. Unit, Univ. Hawaii, pp. 180–250.

Smith, C. W. and C. H. Diong.  1977.  Proposal to study feral pigs in Kîpahulu Valley, Haleakala National Park.  Coop. Natl. Park Resources Stud. Unit, Hawaii, Techn. Rep. 19: 1–52.

Smith, J. E.  1809.  Dodonaeain Rees, A., The Cyclopaedia; or, universal dictionary of arts, sciences, and literature.  Vol. 12.  Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme, & Brown, London, 2 pp.

_____.  1811.  Hedyotisin Rees, A., The Cyclopaedia; or, universal dictionary of arts, sciences, and literature.  Vol. 17.  Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme, & Brown, London, 6 pp.

_____.  1814.  Pyrusin Rees, A., The Cyclopaedia; or, universal dictionary of arts, sciences, and literature.  Vol. 29.  Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme, & Brown, London, 22 pp.

_____.  1816.  Smilaxin Rees, A., The Cyclopaedia; or, universal dictionary of arts, sciences, and literature.  Vol. 33.  Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme, & Brown, London, 4 pp.

_____.  1817.  Vacciniumin Rees, A., The Cyclopaedia; or, universal dictionary of arts, sciences, and literature.  Vol. 36.  Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme, & Brown, London, 8 pp.

_____.  1818.  Asteliain Rees, A., The Cyclopaedia; or, universal dictionary of arts, sciences, and literature.  Vol. 39.  Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme, & Brown, London, 2 pp.

Smith, J. F., C. C. Burke, and W. L. Wagner. 1996 [1997]. Interspecific hybridization in natural populations of Cyrtandra (Gesneriaceae) on the Hawaiian Islands: Evidence from RAPD markers. Pl. Syst. Evol. 200: 61–77.

Smith, N. M. 2002. Weeds of the wet/dry tropics of Australia - a field guide. Environment Centre NT, Inc. 112 pp.

Smith, R. M.  1986.  New combinations in Etlingera Giseke (Zingiberaceae).  Notes Roy. Bot. Gard. Edinburgh 43: 243–254.

Smith, S. G. 1995. New combinations in North American Schoenoplectus, Bolboschoenus, Isolepis, and Trichophorum (Cyperaceae). Novon 5: 97–102.

Snow, A. A.  1982.  Pollination intensity and potential seed set in Passiflora vitifolia.  Oecologia 55: 231–237.

Snow, N. 2008. Notes on grasses (Poaceae) in Hawai`i. Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 100: 38-43.

Snow, N and G. Davidse. 2011. Notes on grasses (Poaceae) in Hawai`i: 3. Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 110: 17-22.

Snow, N. and A. Lau. 2010. Notes on grasses (Poaceae) in Hawai`i: 2. Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 107: 46-60.

_____. 2011. A New Name in Asplenium (Aspleniaceae) from Hawai'i. Harvard Papers in Botany 16: 161.

Snow, N., T. A. Ranker, and D. H. Lorence. 2011. Taxonomic changes in Hawaiian ferns and lycophytes. Bishop Mus. Occ. Pap. 110: 11–16.

Snow, N. and J. F. Veldkamp. 2010. Miscellaneous taxonomic and nomenclatural notes for Myrtaceae. Austrobailya 8: 177-186.

Soepadmo, E.  1977.  Ulmaceae.  in Fl. Males. I. 8(2): 31–76.

Sohmer, S. H.  1972.  Revision of the genus Charpentiera (Amaranthaceae).  Brittonia 24: 283–312.

_____.  1973.  A preliminary report of the biology of the genus Charpentiera (Amaranthaceae).  Pacific Sci. 27: 399–405.

_____.  1977.  Psychotria L. (Rubiaceae) in the Hawaiian Islands.  Lyonia 1: 103–186.

_____.  1978.  Morphological variation and its taxonomic and evolutionary significance in the Hawaiian Psychotria (Rubiaceae).  Brittonia 30: 256–264.

Solereder, H.  1892–1895.  Loganiaceae.  Nat. Pflanzenfam. IV. 2: 19–48 (1892), 49–50 (1895).

Soltis, D. E., P. S. Soltis, S. G. Weller, A. K. Sakai, and W. L. Wagner. 1996 [1997]. Molecular phylogenetic anaylsis of the Hawaiian endemics Schiedea and Alsinidendron (Caryophyllaceae). Syst. Bot. 21: 365–379.

Soreng, R. J., P. M. Peterson, G. Davidse, E. J. Judziewicz, F. O. Zuloaga, T. S. Filgueiras, and O. Morrone. 2003. Catalogue of New World Grasses (Poaceae): IV. Subfamily Pooideae. Contr. U.S. Natl. Herb. 48: 1-730.

Sparre, B.  1964.  Wikstroemiae novae hawaiienses-a supplement.  Svensk Bot. Tidskr. 58: 497.

Specht, C. D. and D. W. Stevenson. 2006. A new phylogeny-based generic classification of Costaceae (Zingiberales). Taxon 55: 153−163.

Spieth, H. T.  1966.  Hawaiian honeycreeper, Vestiaria coccinea (Forster), feeding on lobeliad flowers, Clermontia arborescens (Mann) Hillebr.  Amer. Naturalist 100: 470–473.

Stafleu, F. A. and R. S. Cowan.  1976.  Taxonomic literature:  a selective guide to botanical publications and collections with dates, commentaries and types.  2nd ed.  Vol. I:  A-G.  Regnum Veg. 94: 1–1136.

_____.  1979.  Taxonomic literature:  a selective guide to botanical publications and collections with dates, commentaries and types.  2nd ed.  Vol. II:  H-Le.  Regnum Veg. 98: 1–991.

_____.  1981.  Taxonomic literature:  a selective guide to botanical publications and collections with dates, commentaries and types.  2nd ed.  Vol. III:  Lh-O.  Regnum Veg. 105: 1–980.

_____.  1983.  Taxonomic literature:  a selective guide to botanical publications and collections with dates, commentaries and types.  2nd ed.  Vol. IV:  P-Sak.  Regnum Veg. 110: 1–1214.

_____.  1985.  Taxonomic literature:  a selective guide to botanical publications and collections with dates, commentaries and types.  2nd ed.  Vol. V:  Sal-Ste.  Regnum Veg. 112: 1–1066.

_____.  1986.  Taxonomic literature:  a selective guide to botanical publications and collections with dates, commentaries and types.  2nd ed.  Vol. VI:  Sti-Vuy.  Regnum Veg. 115: 1–926.

Stapf, O.  1893.  The genus Trematocarpus.  Ann. Bot. (London) 7: 396–399.

Staples, G. W. and D. R. Herbst. A Tropical Garden Flora. Bishop Museum Press, Honolulu. 908 p.

Staples, G. W., D. R. Herbst, and C. T. Imada. 2006. New Hawaiian plant records for 2004. Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 88: 6-12.

Staples, G. W., C. T. Imada, and D. R. Herbst. 2002. New Hawaiian plant records for 2000. Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 68: 3–18.

_____. 2003. New Hawaiian plant records for 2001. Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 74: 7–21.

Staples, G.W. and K. R. Woolliams. 1997. An overlooked naturalized aroid for the Hawaiian Flora. Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 49: 13–16.

Starr, F. and K. Martz. 2000. New plant records for Midway Atoll for 1999. Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 64: 10–12.

Starr, F., K. Martz, and L. L. Loope. 1999. New plant records from East Maui for 1998. Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 59: 11–15.

_____. 2002. New plant records from the Hawaiian Archipelago.   Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 69: 16–27.

Starr, F. and K. Starr. 2011. New plant records from Midway Atoll, Maui, and Kaho`olawe. Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 110: 23-35.

Starr, F. and K. Starr. 2012. New plant records from Maui and Kaho`olawe. Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 113: 87–90.

Starr, F., K. Starr, and L. L. Loope. 2003. New plant records from the Hawaiian Archipelago. Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 74: 23–34.

_____. 2004. New plant records from the Hawaiian Archipelago. Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 79: 20-30.

_____. 2006. New plant records from the Hawaiian Archipelago. Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 87: 31-43.

_____. 2008. New plant records from the Hawaiian Archipelago. Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 100: 44-49.

_____. 2010. New plant records from the Hawaiian Archipelago. Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 107: 61-68.

Staudt, G.  1962.  Taxonomic studies in the genus Fragaria.  Typification of Fragaria species known at the time of Linnaeus.  Canad. J. Bot. 40: 869–886.

Stauffer, H. U.  1959.  Revisio Anthobolearum eine morphologische Studie mit Einschluss der Geographie, Phylogenie und Taxonomie.  Santalales‑Studien IV.  Mitt. Bot. Mus. Univ. Zürich 213: 1–261.

Stearn, W. T.  1947.  Endlicher's "Genera Plantarum," "Iconographia Generum Plantarum" and "Atakta Botanika." J. Arnold Arbor. 28: 424–429.

_____.  1976.  Union of Chionanthus and Linociera (Oleaceae).  Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 63: 355–357.

Stearns, H. T.  1985.  Geology of the state of Hawaii.  2nd ed.  Pacific Books, Palo Alto, Calif., 335 pp.

Stearns, H. T. and G. A. MacDonald.  1946.  Geology and ground‑water resources of the island of Hawaii.  Hawaii Div. Hydrography Bull. 9: 1–363.

Steenis, C. G. G. J. van.  1949.  Plumbaginaceae.  Fl. Males. I. 4: 107–112.

_____.  1957.  Basellaceae.  Fl. Males. I. 5: 300–304.

Steinmann, V. W. and J. M. Porter. 2002. Phylogenetic relationships in Euphorbiae (Euphorbiaceae) based on ITS and ndhF sequence data. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 89: 453-490.

Stemmerik, J. F.  1964.  Florae Malesianae precursores XXXVIII.  Notes on Pisonia L. in the Old World (Nyctaginaceae).  Blumea 12: 275–284.

Stemmermann, R. L.  1977.  Studies of the vegetative anatomy of the Hawaiian representatives of Santalum (Santalaceae), and observations of the genus Santalum in Hawaii.  Master's thesis, Univ. Hawaii, Honolulu, 179 pp.

_____.  1980a [1981].  Observations on the genus Santalum (Santalaceae) in Hawaii.  Pacific Sci. 34: 41–54.

_____.  1980b [1981].  Vegetative anatomy of the Hawaiian species of Santalum (Santalaceae).  Pacific Sci. 34: 55–75.

Steudel, E. G.  1840.  Nomenclator botanicus seu:  synonymia plantarum universalis, enumerans ordine alphabetico nomina atque synonyma, tum generica tum specifica, et a Linnaeo et a recentioribus de re botanica scriptoribus plantis phanerogamis imposita.  Vol. 1.  2nd ed.  J. G. Cottae, Stuttgart, 852 pp.

_____.  1841.  Nomenclator botanicus seu: synonymia plantarum universalis, enumerans ordine alphabetico nomina atque synonyma, tum generica tum specifica, et a Linnaeo et a recentioribus de re botanica scriptoribus plantis phanerogamis imposita.  Vol. 2.  2nd ed.  J. G. Cottae, Stuttgart, 810 pp.

_____.  1853–1854.  Synopsis plantarum glumacearum...  Part I.  J. B. Metzler, Stuttgart, 474 pp.

_____.  1855.  Synopsis plantarum glumacearum...  Part II.  J. B. Metzler, Stuttgart, 348 pp.

Stevens, P. F. 2001- onwards. Angiosperm Phylogeny Website. Version 3, May 2002 [but more or less continuously updated since]. http://www/mobot.org/MOBOT/research/APweb/

Steward, A. N.  1930.  The Polygoneae of eastern Asia.  Contr. Gray Herb. 88: 3–129.

Stokes, J. F. G.  1921.  Fish‑poisoning in the Hawaiian Islands with notes on the custom in southern Polynesia.  Occas. Pap. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 7(10): 219–236.

Stone, B. C.  1957.  Rediscovery of a rare lobelioid, Brighamia insignis forma citrina, in Kaua`i, Hawaiian Islands.  Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 84: 175–177.

_____.  1961.  Studies in the Hawaiian Rutaceae, III:  on the New Caledonian species of "Pelea," and a misunderstood species of "Platydesma."   Adansonia 1: 94–99.

_____.  1962a.  Studies in Hawaiian Rutaceae, II.  Identity of Pelea sandwicensis.  Pacific Sci. 16: 366–373.

_____.  1962b.  Taxonomic and nomenclatural notes on Platydesma (Hawaii) and a new name for a Melicope (Solomon Islands).  Madroño 16: 161–166.

_____.  1962c.  A monograph of the genus Platydesma (Rutaceae).  J. Arnold Arbor. 43: 410–427.

_____.  1963a.  The genus Portulaca in the Hawaiian Islands:  in Chandra, L. (ed.), Advancing frontiers of plant sciences.  Vol. 4.  Inst. Advancem. Sci. Cult., New Delhi, pp. 141–149.

_____.  1963b.  Studies in the Hawaiian Rutaceae, IV.  New and critical species of Pelea A. Gray.  Pacific Sci. 17: 407–420.

_____.  1966.  Studies in the Hawaiian Rutaceae, VII.  A conspectus of species and varieties and some further new taxa in the genus Pelea A. Gray.  Occas. Pap. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 23(10): 147–162.

_____.  1967a.  Notes on the Hawaiian flora.  Pacific Sci. 21: 550–557.

_____.  1967b.  A review of the endemic genera of Hawaiian plants.  Bot. Rev. (Lancaster) 33: 216–259.

_____.  1967c.  Materials for a monograph of Freycinetia (Pandanaceae) I.  Gard. Bull. Straits Settlem. 22: 129–152.

_____.  1967d.  Studies of Malesian Pandanaceae, I.  Gard. Bull. Straits Settlem. 22: 231–257.

_____.  1968a.  Identity of the Pelea species (Rutaceae) described by H. Léveillé.  Studies in Hawaiian Rutaceae, VIII.  Notes Roy. Bot. Gard. Edinburgh 27: 259–264.

_____.  1968b.  Materials for a monograph of Freycinetia Gaud. IV.  Subdivision of the genus, with fifteen new sections.  Blumea 16: 361–372.

_____.  1969.  The genus Pelea A. Gray (Rutaceae:  Evodiinae).  A taxonomic monograph (studies in the Hawaiian Rutaceae, 10).  Phanerogamarum monographiae tomus III.  J. Cramer, Lehre, West Germany, 180 pp.

_____.  1970. The Flora of Guam. Micronesica 6: 1-659.

_____.  1974.  Towards an improved infrageneric classification in Pandanus (Pandanaceae).  Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 94: 459–540.

_____.  1981.  Pandanus tectorius in the Hawaiian Islands.  Notes Waimea Arbor. & Bot. Gard. 8(2): 4–10.

_____. 1981. East Polynesian species of Freycinetia Gaudichaud (Pandanaceae). Micronesica 17: 47−57.

_____.  1985.  New and noteworthy Paleotropical species of Rutaceae.  Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia 137: 213–228.

Stone, B. and I. Lane. 1958. A new Hedyotis from Kaua`i, Hawaiian Islands. Pacific Sci. 12: 139–145.

Stone, C. P., C. W. Smith, and J. T. Tunison (eds.). 1992. Alien plant invasions in native ecosystems of Hawaii: Management and research. University of Hawaii Cooperative National Park Resources Studies Unit, Honolulu, HI.

Storey, W. B.  1950.  Chromosome numbers of some species of Passiflora occurring in Hawaii.  Pacific Sci. 4: 37–42.

Strong, M. T. 2004. (1644) Proposal to reject the name Scirpus miliaceus (Cyperaceae). Taxon 53(4): 1069-1070.

_____. 2006. Taxonomy and distribution of Rhynchospora (Cyperaceae) in the Guianas, South America. Contributions from the U.S. National Herbarium 53: 1–225.

Strong, M. T. and W. L. Wagner. 1997. New and noteworthy Cyperaceae from the Hawaiian Islands. Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 48: 37–50.

Strother, J. L.  1979.  Extradition of Sanvitalia tenuis to Zinnia (Compositae-Heliantheae).  Madroño 26: 173–179.

Stschegleew.  1859.  [Title unknown.] Bull. Soc. Nat. Mosc. 32: 10; not seen.

Stuessy, T. F. 1977. Revision of Oparanthus (Compositae, Heliantheae, Coreopsidinae). Fieldiana Bot. 38: 63–70.

_____. 1988. Generic relationships of Oparanthus and Petrobium, especially with reference to Bidens (Compositae, Heliantheae, Coreopsidinae). Brittonia 40: 195–199.

Suessenguth, K.  1938.  Amarantaceen‑Studien.  I.  Amarantaceae aus Amerika, Asien, Australien.  Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 44: 36–48.

Suessenguth, K. and A. Ludwig.  1950.  Myrtaceae.  Mitt. Bot. Staatssamml. München 1: 18.

Suessenguth, K. and H. Merxmüller.  1952.  Species novae vel criticae.  Mitt. Bot. Staatssamml. München 4: 99–114.

Sun, B. and S. M. Phillips. 'eFloras (2008). Flora of China, 22: 611. Published on the Internet http://www.efloras.org [accessed 16 December 2011] Missouri Botanical Garden, St. Louis, MO & Harvard University Herbaria, Cambridge, MA.

Sun, M. and F. R. Ganders.  1986.  Female frequencies in gynodioecious populations correlated with selfing rates in hermaphrodites.  Amer. J. Bot. 73: 1645–1648.

_____.  1987.  Microsporogenesis in male‑sterile and hermaphroditic plants of nine gynodioecious taxa of Hawaiian Bidens (Asteraceae).  Amer. J. Bot. 74: 209–217.

Sundberg, S. D. 2004. New combinations in North American Symphyotrichum subgenus Astropolium (Asteraceae: Astereae). Sida 21: 903-910.

Swanholm, C. E., H. St. John, and P. J. Scheuer.  1959.  A survey for alkaloids in Hawaiian plants.  I.  Pacific Sci. 13: 295–305.

_____.  1960.  A survey for alkaloids in Hawaiian plants.  II.  Pacific Sci. 14: 68–74.

Swanson, D. A. and R. L. Christiansen.  1976.  Tragedy at Kilauea.  Earthquake Inform. Bull. 8: 12–17.

Swanson, D. A., W. A. Duffield, and R. S. Fiske.  1976.  Displacement of the south flank of Kilauea Volcano:  the result of forceful intrusion of magma into the rift zones.  U.S. Geol. Surv. Prof. Pap. 963: 1–39.

Swenson, U. and A. A. Anderberg. 2005. Phylogeny, character evolution, and classification of Sapotaceae (Ericales). Cladistics 21: 101–130.

Swenson, U., J. Munzinger, and I. V. Bartish. 2007. Molecular phylogeny of Planchonella (Sapotaceae) and eight new species from New Caledonia. Taxon 56:329–354.

Swezey, O. H.  1954.  Forest entomology in Hawaii.  An annotated check‑list of the insect faunas of the various components of the Hawaiian forests.  Special Publ. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 44: 1–266.

Symon, D. E.  1966.  A revision of the genus Cassia L. Caesalpiniaceae in Australia.  Trans. & Proc. Roy. Soc. South Australia 90: 73–151.

Top 

Takhtajan, A.  1986.  Floristic regions of the world.  Univ. Calif. Press, Berkeley, 522 pp.  (Translation of Floristicheskie oblasti Zemli by T. J. Crovello and edited by A. Cronquist.)

Tempsky, L. von.  1904.  Pamakani, a dangerous plant pest.  Proc. Hawaiian Live Stock Breeders' Assoc., 2nd Ann. Meeting, Honolulu, pp. 62–63.

Terrell, E. E., C. R. Broome, and J. L. Reveal.  1983.  Proposal to conserve the name of the tomato as Lycopersicon esculentum P. Miller and reject the combination Lycopersicon lycopersicum (L.) Karsten (Solanaceae).  Taxon 32: 310–314.

Terrell, E. E. and W. H. Lewis. 1990. Oldenlandiopsis (Rubiaceae), a new genus from the Caribbean Basin, based on Oldenlandia callitrichoides Grisebach. Brittonia 42: 185-190.

Terrell, E. E., H. E. Robinson, W. L. Wagner, and D. H. Lorence. 2005. Resurrection of the genus Kadua for Hawaiian Hedyotidinae (Rubiaceae), with emphasis on seed and capsule characters and notes on South Pacific species. Syst. Bot. 30: 818—833.

Thomson, B. F. 1942. The floral morphology of the Caryophyllaceae. Amer. J. Bot. 29: 333–347.

Thomson, J. A. 2004. Towards a taxonomic revision of Pteridium (Dennstaedtiaceae). Telopea 10: 793-803.

Tieghem, P. van.  1896a.  Korthalsella, genre nouveau pour la famille des Loranthacées.  Bull. Soc. Bot. France 43: 83–87.

_____.  1896b.  Sur le groupement des espèces en genres dans les Ginalloées, Bifariées, Phoradendrées et Viscées, quatre tribus de la famille des Loranthacées.  Bull. Soc. Bot. France 43: 161–194.

Tindale, M. D.  1962.  A new species of the Acacia decurrens group from New South Wales.  Contr. New South Wales Natl. Herb. 3: 127–128.

Tomlinson, P. B.  1962.  Phylogeny of Scitamineae-morphological and anatomical considerations.  Evolution 16: 162–213.

Tomlinson, P. B. and A. C. Smith.  1970.  Joinvilleaceae, a new family of monocotyledons.  Taxon 19: 887–889.

Tornabene, M. W. and W. L. Wagner. 2013. New combinations for Pacific endemic species: Marquesan Poaceae and Micronesian Myrtaceae. PhytoKeys 28: 1-7.

Torrance, S. J., J. J. Hoffmann, and J. R. Cole.  1979.  Wikstromol, antitumor lignan from Wikstroemia foetida var. oahuensis Gray and Wikstroemia uvaursi Gray (Thymelaeaceae).  J. Pharm. Sci. 68: 664–665.

Torres, A. M.  1963.  Taxonomy of Zinnia.  Brittonia 15: 1–25.

Tothill, J. C.  1968.  Variation and apomixis in Heteropogon contortus, Gramineae.  Bol. Soc. Argent. Bot. 12: 188–201.

Touw, M.  1984.  Preliminary observations on Korthalsella (Viscaceae) with special reference to vascular patterns.  Blumea 29: 525–545.

Townsend, C. C.  1980.  Amaranthaceae:  in Dassanayake, M. D., and F. R. Fosberg (eds.), A revised handbook to the flora of Ceylon.  Vol. I.  Amerind Publ. Co. Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, pp. 1–57.

Trinius, C. B.  1830.  Graminum genera quaedam speciesque complures definitionibus novis illustrare pergit.  Mém. Acad. Imp. Sci. St.‑Pétersbourg, Sér. 6, Sci. Math. 1(4): 353–416.

Tripp, E.A., T.F. Daniel, J.C. Lendemer, and L.A. McDade. 2009. New molecular and morphological insights prompt transfer of Blechum to Ruellia (Acanthaceae). Taxon 58: 893—906.

Tronchet F. and Lowry III, P.P. 2011. A new species of Meryta (Araliaceae) from the Marquesas Islands, French Polynesia. PhytoKeys 4: 149-156. doi: 10.3897/phytokeys.4.1408.

Tryon, A. F., H, P. Bautista and I. deSilvia Araujo. 1975. Chromosome studies of Brazilian ferns, Acta Amazonica 5: 35-43.

Tucker, G. C.  1987.  The genera of Cyperaceae in the southeastern United States.  J. Arnold Arbor. 68: 361–445.

_____. 1994. Revision of the Mexican species of Cyperus (Cyperaceae).   Syst. Bot. Monogr. 43: 1–213.

Turner, B. L. and M. I. Morris.  1976.  Systematics of Palafoxia (Asteraceae:  Helenieae).  Rhodora 78: 567–628.

Türpe, A. M.  1984.  Revision of South American species of Schizachyrium (Gramineae).  Kew Bull. 39: 169–178.

Top 

Urban, I.  1896.  Ueber einige Ternstroemiaceen‑Gattungen.  Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges. 14: 38–51.

U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Pacific Islands Office. 2010.  U.S. Endangered Species Act Listed Species, Hawaiian Islands Plants.  Retrieved from http://www.fws.gov/pacificislands/publications/listingplants.pdf.

Top 

Vahl, M.  1791.  Symbolae botanicae...  Part 2.  Excudebant Nicolaus Möller et filius, Copenhagen, 105 pp.

_____.  1794.  Symbolae botanicae...  Part 3.  Excudebant Nicolaus Möller et filius, Copenhagen, 104 pp.

Vander Kloet, S.P. 1996. Taxonomy of Vaccinium sect. Macropelma (Ericaceae). Syst. Bot. 21: 355-364.

Vassal, J.  1969.  A propos des Acacias heterophylla et koa.  Bull. Soc. Hist. Nat. Toulouse 105: 443–447.

Vegter, I. H.  1976.  Index Herbariorum.  Part II(4), Collectors, M.  Regnum Veg. 93: 475–576.

_____.  1983.  Index Herbariorum.  Part II(5), Collectors, N-R.  Regnum Veg. 109: 577–803.

_____.  1986.  Index Herbariorum.  Part II(6), Collectors, S.  Regnum Veg. 114: 805–985.

Veldkamp, J. F.  1973.  A revision of Digitaria Haller (Gramineae) in Malesia.  Notes on Malesian grasses VI.  Blumea 21: 1–80.

Verdcourt, B.  1958.  Remarks on the classification of the Rubiaceae.  Bull. Jard. Bot. État 28: 209–281.

_____.  1970a.  Studies in the Leguminosae-Papilionoideae for the 'Flora of tropical East Africa':  II.  Kew Bull. 24: 235–307.

_____.  1970b.  Studies in the Leguminosae-Papilionoideae for the 'Flora of tropical East Africa':  III.  Kew Bull. 24: 380–569.

_____.  1970c.  Studies in the Leguminosae-Papilionoideae for the 'Flora of tropical East Africa':  IV.  Kew Bull. 24: 507–569.

_____.  1971.  Stylosanthesin Gillett, J. B., R. M. Polhill, and B. Verdcourt, Leguminosae (part 3), subfamily Papilionoideae (1).  Fl. Trop. E. Africa 124(3): 436–440.

_____.  1975.  Studies in the Rubiaceae-Rubioideae for the 'Flora of tropical East Africa':  I.  Kew Bull. 30: 247–326.

_____.  1976.  Rubiaceae (part 1):  in Polhill, R. M. (ed.), Flora of tropical East Africa.  Whitefriars Press Ltd., London, 414 pp.

_____.  1979.  A manual of New Guinea legumes.  Off. Forests, Div. Botany, Lae, PNG, Bot. Bull. No. 11, 645 pp.

_____.  1983.  Notes on Mascarene Rubiaceae.  Kew Bull. 37: 521–574.

Vernon, A. L. and T. A. Ranker. 2013. Current status of the Ferns and Lycophytes of the Hawaiian Islands. Amer. Fern J. 103(2): 59-111.

Viane, R. L. R. and T. Reichstein. 1991. Notes about Asplenium: some new names and combinations in Asplenium L. (Aspleniaceae, Pteridophyta) Biol. Jaarb. 59:157–165.

Vilmorin, R. de and M. Simonet.  1927.  Nombre des chromosomes dans les genres Lobelia, Linum et chez quelques autres éspèces végétales.  Compt.‑Rend. Hebd. Séances Mém. Soc. Biol. 96: 166–168.

Vitousek, P. M., L. L. Loope, and H. Andersen (eds.). 1995. Islands: Biological diversity and ecosystem function. Ecological Studies 115.   Springer-Verlag, New York.

Vogel, T.  1836.  De plantis in expeditione speculatoria Romanzoffiana observatis disserere pergitur.  Leguminosae, adjectis quas Cl. Ehrenberg in Hispaniola collegit.  Linnaea 10: 582–603.

Vogl, R. J.  1969.  The role of fire in the evolution of the Hawaiian flora and vegetation.  Proc. 9th Annual Tall Timbers Fire Ecol. Conf., pp. 5–60.

Vogl, R. J. and J. Henrickson.  1971.  Vegetation of an alpine bog on East Maui, Hawaii.  Pacific Sci. 25: 475–483.

Vriese, W. H. de.  1849–1850.  Analecta Goodenoviearum ad auctoritatem herbariorum Musei Caesarei Vindobonensis, Lessertii, Hookeri, Lindleji, Preissii, aliorum.  Ned. Kruidk. Arch. 2: 1–32, 137–171.  (Rep., 1850, 67 pp.)

_____.  1854.  Goodenovieae ad auctoritatem Musei Caesarei Vindobonensis, Parisiensis, illustr. Roberti Brownei, Guil. J. Hookeri, Joan. Lindleji, Franc. Lessertii, Lud. Preissii, Fred. Lud. Splitgerberi, aliorumque.  Natuurk. Verh. Holl. Maatsch. Wetensch. Haarlem II, 10: 1–194.

Top 

Waage, J. K., J. T. Smiley, and L. E. Gilbert.  1981.  The Passiflora problem in Hawaii; prospects and problems of controlling the forest weed P. mollissima (Passifloraceae) with Heliconiine butterflies.  Entomophaga 26: 275–284.

Wagner, W. L.  1988.  Reevaluation of Chamaesyce forbesii (Euphorbiaceae).  Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 28: 71–78.

_____. 1991. Evolution of waif floras: A comparison of the Hawaiian and Marquesan archipelagos: in Dudley, E. C. (ed.), The unity of evolutionary biology, the proceedings of the fourth International Congress of Systematics and Evolutionary Biology. Dioscorides Press, Portland OR, pp. 267–284.

_____. 1996. Scaevola hobdyi (Goodeniaceae), an enigmatic new species from West Maui, Hawaiian Islands. Novon 6: 225–227.

_____. 1999a. Nomenclator and Review of Hawaiian Phyllostegia (Lamiaceae).   Novon 9: 265–279.

_____. 1999b. A new species of Hawaiian Phyllostegia (Lamiaceae) from Kaua`i, and recognition of a Wai`anae Mountain, O`ahu endangered variety of Phyllostegia parviflora. Novon 9: 280–283.

Wagner, W. L., M. Bruegmann, D. R. Herbst, and J. Q. Lau. 1999. Hawaiian Vascular Plants at Risk: 1999. Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 60: 1–64.

Wagner, W. L. and V. A. Funk (eds.). 1995. Hawaiian biogeography: Evolution on a hot spot archipelago. Smithsonian Institution Press, Washington, DC.

Wagner, W. L. and E. M. Harris. 2000. A unique Hawaiian Schiedea (Caryophyllaceae: Alsinoideae) with only five fertile stamens. Amer. J. Bot. 87: 153–160.

Wagner, W. L. and D. R. Herbst.  1987.  A new species of Remya (Asteraceae:  Astereae) on Kaua`i and a review of the genus.  Syst. Bot. 12: 601–608.

_____. 1995. Contributions to the flora of Hawai`i. IV. New records and name changes. Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 42: 13–27.

_____. 1999. Supplement to the Manual of the flowering plants of Hawai`i: in Wagner, W. L., D. R. Herbst, and S. H. Sohmer, Manual of the flowering plants of Hawai`i, revised edition.   University of Hawaii Press, 1919 pp. in 2 volumes. (Bishop Museum Special Publication 97), pp. 1855–1918.

Wagner, W. L., D. R. Herbst, and R. S. N. Yee. 1985. Status of the native flowering plants of the Hawaiian Islands. In C. P. Stone and J. M. Scott [eds.], Hawai`i's terrestrial ecosystems: preservation and management, 23–74. Cooperative National Park Resources Studies Unit, University of Hawaii, Honolulu.

Wagner, W. L., D. R. Herbst, and S. H. Sohmer.  1986.  Contributions to the flora of Hawai`i I.  Acanthaceae-Asteraceae.  Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 26: 102–122.

_____.  1989.  Contributions to the flora of Hawai`i II.  Begoniaceae-Violaceae and the Monocotyledons. Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 29: 88–130.

_____. 1990. Manual of the flowering plants of Hawai`i. University of Hawaii Press. (Bishop Museum Special Publication 83).

_____. 1999. Manual of the flowering plants of Hawai`i, revised edition with supplement by Wagner, W. L. and D. R. Herbst, pp. 1855–1918. University of Hawaii Press, 1919 pp. in 2 volumes. (Bishop Museum Special Publication 97)

Wagner, W. L. and D. H. Lorence. 1997. Studies of Marquesan vascular plants: Introduction. Allertonia 7: 221–225.

_____. 1998. A new, dioecious species of Hedyotis (Rubiaceae) from Kaua`i, Hawaiian Islands, and the taxonomy of Kaua`i Hedyotis schlechtendahliana resolved. Novon 8: 311–317.

_____. 1998. A new species of Wikstroemia (Thymelaeaceae) from Hiva Oa, Marquesas Islands. Novon 8: 318–320.

_____. 1999. A revision of Trimenia Seem. (Trimeniaceae) in the Marquesas Islands with description of a new species, Trimenia nukuhiviensis. Adansonia 21: 225–230.

_____. 2000. A reassessment of Cyrtandra kealiae and C. limahuliensis (Gesneriaceae). Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 63: 17–20.

_____. 2011. A Revision of Coprosma (Rubiaceae, Anthospermeae) in the Marquesas Islands. PhytoKeys 4: 109-124. doi: 10.3897/phytokeys.4.1600

_____. 2011. Two new Marquesan species of the southeastern Polynesian genus Oparanthus (Asteraceae, Coreopsidinae). PhytoKeys 4: 139-148. doi: 10.3897/phytokeys.4.1603

_____. 2011. A nomenclator of Pacific oceanic island Phyllanthus (Phyllanthaceae) including Glochidion. PhytoKeys 4: 67-94. doi: 10.3897/phytokeys.4.1581

Wagner, W. L. and H. Robinson. 2001[2002]. Lipochaeta and Melanthera (Asteraceae: Heliantheae subtribe Ecliptinae): Establishing their natural limits and a synopsis. Brittonia 53: 539–561.

Wagner, W. L. and R. K. Shannon. 1998. Notes on Hawaiian Melicope (Rutaceae). Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 56: 15–17.

_____. 1999a. Nomenclator of Hawaiian Sicyos (Cucurbitaceae).   Novon 9: 441–447.

_____. 1999b. Angiosperm Types from the Hawaiian Collections of A. A. Heller.   Brittonia 51: 422–438.

Wagner, W. L., R. K. Shannon, and D. R. Herbst. 1997. Contributions to the flora of Hawai`i. VI. Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 48: 51–65.

Wagner, W. L., A. J. Wagner, and D. H. Lorence. 2013. Revision of Cyrtandra (Gesneriaceae) in the Marquesas Islands. PhytoKeys 30: 33-64. Wagner, W. L. and S. G. Weller. 1991. Resurrection of a Kaua`i Stenogyne: S. kealiae. Pacific Sci. 45: 50–54.

_____. 1999. Rediscovery and assessment of Stenogyne sherffii Degener (Lamiaceae). Novon 9: 448–449.

Wagner, W. L., S. G. Weller, and A. K. Sakai. 1994. Description of a rare new cliff-dwelling species from Kaua`i, Schiedea attenuata (Caryophyllaceae). Novon 4: 187–190.

_____. 2005. Monograph of Schiedea (Caryophyllaceae subfam. Alsinoideae). Syst. Bot. Monogr. 72: 1–169.

Wagner, W. L., S. G. Weller, A. K. Sakai and A. C. Medeiros. 1999.   An autogamous rain forest species of Schiedea (Caryophyllaceae) from East Maui, Hawaiian Islands. Novon 9: 284–287.

Wagner. W. L., K. R. Wood, and D. H. Lorence. 2001. A new species of Cyrtandra from Kaua`i, Hawaiian Islands. Novon 11: 146–152.

Walker, E. H.  1959.  A revision of the Myrsinaceae of Taiwan.  Quart. J. Taiwan Mus. 12: 161–194.

Walpers, W. G.  1843a.  Compositae.  Repert. Bot. Syst. 2: 538–704.

_____.  1843b.  Cruciferas, Capparideas, Calycereas et Compositas, quas Meyenius in orbis circumnavigatione collegit, enumerat novasque describit:  in Meyen, F. J. F., Observationes botanicas in itinere circum terram institutas...  Nov. Actorum Acad. Caes. Leop.‑Carol. Nat. Cur. 19, Suppl. 1: 247–296.

Wanntorp, L. and H. E. Wanntorp. 2003. The biogeography of Gunnera L.: vicariance and dispersal. J. Biogeog. 30:979-987.

Warburg, O.  1900.  Pandanaceae.  Pflanzenr. IV. 9 (Heft 3): 1–97.

Ward, R. G. and M. Brookfield. 1992. The dispersal of the coconut: did it float or was it carried to Panama? J. Biogeogr. 19: 467–480.

Warren, S. D. and D. R. Herbst. 1994. More records for Kaho`olawe. Newslet. Hawaiian Bot. Soc. 33: 1–3.

Warshauer, F. R. and J. D. Jacobi.  1982.  Distribution and status of Vicia menziesii Spreng. (Leguminosae):  Hawai`i's first officially listed endangered plant species.  Biol. Conserv. 23: 111–126.

Waterman, P. G.  1975.  New combinations in Zanthoxylum L. (1753).  Taxon 24: 361–366.

Watt, G.  1907.  The wild and cultivated cotton plants of the world.  A revision of the genus Gossypium framed primarily with the object of aiding planters and investigators who may contemplate the systematic improvement of the cotton staple.  Longmans, Green, and Co., London, 406 pp.

Wawra, H.  1872a.  Beiträge zur Flora der Hawai'schen Inseln.  Flora 55: 562–569.

_____.  1872b.  Beiträge zur Flora der Hawai'schen Inseln.  Flora 55: 554–560.

_____.  1872c.  Beiträge zur Flora der Hawai'schen Inseln.  Flora 55: 529–533.

_____.  1872d.  Beiträge zur Flora der Hawai'schen Inseln.  Flora 55: 513–517.

_____.  1873a.  Beiträge zur Flora der Hawai'schen Inseln.  Flora 56: 157–160.

_____.  1873b.  Beiträge zur Flora der Hawai'schen Inseln.  Flora 56: 7–11.

_____.  1873c.  Beiträge zur Flora der Hawai'schen Inseln.  Flora 56: 30–32.

_____.  1873d.  Beiträge zur Flora der Hawai'schen Inseln.  Flora 56: 44–48.

_____.  1873e.  Beiträge zur Flora der Hawai'schen Inseln.  Flora 56: 168–176.

_____.  1873f.  Beiträge zur Flora der Hawai'schen Inseln.  Flora 56: 58–63.

_____.  1873g.  Beiträge zur Flora der Hawai'schen Inseln.  Flora 56: 76–80.

_____.  1873h.  Beiträge zur Flora der hawai'schen Inseln.  Flora 56: 107–111.

_____.  1873i.  Beiträge zur Flora der Hawai'schen Inseln.  Flora 56: 137–142.

_____.  1874a.  Beiträge zur Flora der Hawai'schen Inseln.  Flora 57: 521–527.

_____.  1874b.  Beiträge zur Flora der Hawai'schen Inseln.  Flora 57: 562–569.

_____.  1874c.  Beiträge zur Flora der Hawai'schen Inseln.  Flora 57: 321–331.

_____.  1874d.  Beiträge zur Flora der Hawai'schen Inseln.  Flora 57: 257–265.

_____.  1874e.  Beiträge zur Flora der Hawai'schen Inseln.  Flora 57: 273–278.

_____.  1874f.  Beiträge zur Flora der Hawai'schen Inseln.  Flora 57: 294–300.

_____.  1874g.  Beiträge zur Flora der Hawai'schen Inseln.  Flora 57: 545–549.

_____.  1874h.  Beiträge zur Flora der Hawai'schen Inseln.  Flora 57: 540–543.

_____.  1875a.  Beiträge zur Flora der Hawai'schen Inseln.  Flora 58: 225–232.

_____.  1875b.  Beiträge zur Flora der Hawai'schen Inseln.  Flora 58: 184–192.

_____.  1875c.  Beiträge zur Flora der Hawai'schen Inseln.  Flora 58: 171–176.

_____.  1875d.  Beiträge zur Flora der Hawai'schen Inseln.  Flora 58: 241–252.

Webster, G. L.  1951.  The Polynesian species of Myoporum.  Pacific Sci. 5: 52–77.

_____.  1956–1958.  Studies of the Euphorbiaceae, Phyllanthoideae, III.  A monographic study of the West Indian species of Phyllanthus.  J. Arnold Arbor. 37: 91–122, 217–268, 340–359 (1956); 38: 51–80, 170–198, 295–373 (1957); 39: 49–100, 111–212 (1958).

_____.  1967.  The genera of Euphorbiaceae in the southeastern United States.  J. Arnold Arbor. 48: 303–430.

_____.  1975.  Conspectus of a new classification of the Euphorbiaceae.  Taxon 24: 593–601.

Webster, G. L., E. A. Rupert, and D. L. Koutnik.  1982.  Systematic significance of pollen nuclear number in Euphorbiaceae, tribe Euphorbieae.  Amer. J. Bot. 69: 407–415.

Weddell, H.-A.  1854.  Revue de la famille des Urticées.  Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot., sér. 4, 1: 173–212.

_____.  1856–1857.  Monographie da la famille des Urticées.  Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. 9: 1–592.

_____.  1869.  Urticaceae.  Prodr. 16(1): 32–235. 64.

Weiller, C. M. 1999. Leptecophylla, a new genus for species formerly included in Cyathodes (Epacridaceae). Muelleria 12: 195–214.

Weller, S. G. and A. K. Sakai. 1990. The evolution of dioecy in Schiedea (Caryophyllaceae), an endemic Hawaiian genus. Plant Species Biol. 5: 83–95.

Weller, S. G., A. K. Sakai, W. L. Wagner, and D. R. Herbst. 1990. Evolution of dioecy in Schiedea (Carophyllaceae: Alsinoideae) in the Hawaiian Islands: biogeographical and ecological factors. Syst. Bot. 15: 266–276.

Weller, S. G., W. L. Wagner, and A. K. Sakai. 1995. A phylogenetic analysis of Schiedea and Alsinidendron (Caryophyllaceae: Alsinoideae): Implications for the evolution of breeding systems. Syst. Bot. 20: 315–337.

_____. 2001. Artificial and natural hybridization in Schiedea and Alsinidendron (Caryophyllaceae: Alsinoideae): The importance of phylogeny, genetic divergence, breeding system, and population size. Syst. Bot. 26: 571–584.

Welsh, S. L. 1998. Flora Societensis. E.P.S. Inc. Orem, Utah. 420 p.

Wendel, J. F. 1989. New World tetraploid cottons contain Old World cytoplasm.   Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 86: 4132–4136.

Wendel, J. F. and V. A. Albert. 1992. Phylogenetics of the cotton genus (Gossypium): character-state weighted parsimony analysis of chloroplast-DNA restriction site data and its systematic and biogeographic implications. Syst. Bot. 17: 115–143.

Wendland, H.  1862.  Beiträge zur Palmenflora der Südseeinseln.  Bonplandia 10: 190–200.

Werny, F. and P. J. Scheuer.  1963.  Hawaiian plant studies-IX.  The alkaloids of Platydesma campanulata Mann.  Tetrahedron 19: 1293–1305.

West, J. G.  1984.  A revision of Dodonaea Miller (Sapindaceae) in Australia.  Brunonia 7: 1–194.

West, J. G. and I. R. Noble.  1984.  Analyses of digitised leaf images of the Dodonaea viscosa complex in Australia.  Taxon 33: 595–613.

Wester, L. L. and H. B. Wood.  1977.  Koster's curse (Clidemia hirta), a weed pest in Hawaiian forests.  Environmental Conservation 4: 35–41.

Whalen, M. A.  1987.  Systematics of Frankenia (Frankeniaceae) in North and South America.  Syst. Bot. Monogr. 17: 1–93.

Whiffin, T. P.  1972.  A systematic study of the genus Heterocentron (Melastomataceae).  Ph.D. dissertation, Univ. Texas, Austin, 205 pp.

Whistler, W. A. 1980. Coastal Flowers of the Tropical Pacific. Oriental Publishing Co., Honolulu.

Whistler, W. A. 2009. Plants of the Canoe People. National Tropical Botanical Garden.

Whitesell, C. D.  1964.  Silvical characteristics of koa (Acacia koa Gray).  U.S.D.A. Forest Serv. Res. Pap. PSW‑16: 1–12.

Whitney, L. D.  1937a.  A new species of Trisetum and a new variety of Panicum imbricatum from the Hawaiian Islands.  Occas. Pap. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 13(16): 171–173.

_____.  1937b.  A new species of Hawaiian Eragrostis.  Occas. Pap. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 13(8): 75–76.

Whitney, L. D. and E. Y. Hosaka.  1936.  New species of Hawaiian Panicum and Eragrostis.  Occas. Pap. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 12(5): 1–6.

Whitney, L. D., E. Y. Hosaka, and J. C. Ripperton.  1939.  Grasses of the Hawaiian ranges.  Hawaii Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 82: 1–148.

Whitten, W. M., C. C. Jacono, and N. S. Nagalingum. 2012. An expanded plastid phylogeny of Marsilea with emphasis on North American Species. Amer. Fern J. 102: 114–135.

Wiens, D. and B. A. Barlow.  1971.  The cytogeography and relationships of the viscaceous and eremolepidaceous mistletoes.  Taxon 20: 313–332.

Wiersema, J. H., J. H. Kirkbride, and C. R. Gunn. 1990. Legume (Fabaceae) nomenclature in the USDA Germplasm System. U. S. Dept. Agric., Tech. Bull. 1757: 1–572.

Wiggins, I. and D. Porter, 1971; pp. 547-548). Flora of the Galapágos Islands. Stanford University Press. 998 pp.

Wilbur, R. L.  1963.  A prior name for the Hawaiian Gouldia terminalis (Rubiaceae).  Pacific Sci. 17: 421–423.

_____.  1964.  The correct name for the Hawaiian Gossypium.  Pacific Sci. 18: 101–103.

_____.  1965.  Nomenclatural notes on Hawaiian Myrsinaceae.  Pacific Sci. 19: 522.

_____.  1966.  Bleekeria compta:  a new binomial for a Hawaiian apocynaceous tree.  Pacific Sci. 20: 260–261.

_____.  1969.  The correct name of an Hawaiian rubiaceous tree:  Gouldia affinis vs. Gouldia terminalis.  Brittonia 21: 224–226.

_____.  1977.  The correct name for the Hawaiian GossypiumG. sandvicense.  Taxon 26: 140.

_____. 1994. The Myricaceae of the United States and Canada: Genera, subgenera, and series. Sida 16: 93-107.

Wilcox, E. V. and V. S. Holt.  1913.  Ornamental hibiscus in Hawaii.  Hawaii Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 29: 1–60.

Willemse, L. P. M.  1982.  A discussion of the Ehrharteae (Gramineae) with special reference to the Malesian taxa formerly included in Microlaena.  Blumea 28: 181–194.

Williamson, M. H. 1981. Island populations. Oxford University Press, Oxford.

Willis, J. C.  1973.  A dictionary of the flowering plants and ferns.  8th ed. (revised by H. K. Airy Shaw).  Cambridge Univ. Press, London, 1245 pp.

Wilmot-Dear, C. M. 1990. A revision of Mucuna (Leguminosae-Phaseoleae) in the Pacific. Kew Bull. 45: 1–35.

Wilson, C. A.  1985.  Endangered and threatened wildlife and plants; proposed endangered status for Santalum freycinetianum Gaud. var. lanaiense Rock (Lanai sandalwood or `iliahi).  Fed. Reg. 50: 9086–9089.

Wilson, F. D. 1993. Hibiscus section Furcaria (Malvaceae) in islands of the Pacific Basin. Brittonia 45: 275–285.

Wilson, J. T. 1963. A possible origin of the Hawaiian Islands. Canad. J. Physics 41: 135–138.

Wilson, J. T. [ed.]. 1976. Readings from Scientific American: continents adrift and continents aground. Freeman, San Francisco, CA.

Wilson, K. A.  1957.  A taxonomic study of the genus Eugenia (Myrtaceae) in Hawaii.  Pacific Sci. 11: 161–180.

_____. 2003. New records of alien pteridophytes for Hawai`i. Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 74: 5–7.

Wilson, K. L. 1990. Some widespread species of Persicaria (Polygonaceae) and their allies. Kew Bull. 45: 621–636.

Wilson, P. G. and J. T. Waterhouse.  1982.  A review of the genus Tristania R. Br. (Myrtaceae):  a heterogeneous assemblage of five genera.  Austral. J. Bot. 30: 413–446.

Wilson, W. F. (ed.).  1922.  With Lord Byron at the Sandwich Islands in 1825, being extracts from the MS diary of James Macrae, Scottish botanist.  Publ. privately, Honolulu, 75 pp.

Wimmer, F. E.  1929.  Studien zu einer Monographie der Lobelioideen (Lobelioideae IV).  Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 26: 1–20.

_____.  1943.  Campanulaceae-Lobelioideae.  I.  Pflanzenr. IV. 276b (Heft 106): 1–260.

_____.  1948.  Vorarbeiten zur Monographie der Campanulaceae-Lobelioideae:  II.  Trib. Lobelieae.  Ann. Naturhist. Mus. Wien 56: 317–374.

_____.  1953.  Campanulaceae-Lobelioideae.  II.  Pflanzenr. IV. 276b (Heft 107): 261–814.

_____.  1968.  Campanulaceae-Lobelioideae supplementum.  Pflanzenr. IV. 276c (Heft 108): 815–916.

Wirawan, N.  1974.  Floristic and structural development of native dry forest stands at Mokuleia, N. W. O`ahu.  U.S. IBP Island Ecosystems IRP Techn. Rep. 34: 1–56.

Wit, H. C. D. de.  1961.  Typification and correct names of Acacia villosa Willd. and Leucaena glauca (L.) Bth.  Taxon 10: 50–54.

_____.  1975.  Typification of Leucaena leucocephala (Lam.) de Wit, Lysiloma latisiliquum (L.) Bth., and Acacia glauca (L.) Moench.  Taxon 24: 349–352.

Witter, M. S. 1986. Genetic differentiation in the Hawaiian silversword alliance (Compositae: Madiinae). Ph.D. dissertation, University of Hawaii. Honolulu.

Witter, M. S. and G. D. Carr. 1988. Adaptive radiation and genetic differentiation in the Hawaiian silversword alliance (Compositae; Madiinae). Evolution 42: 1278–1287.

Wolff, H.  1913.  Umbelliferae-Saniculoideae.  Pflanzenr. IV. 228 (Heft 61): 1–305.

_____.  1921.  Spermolepis hawaiiensis spec. nov.  Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 17: 440–441.

Wood, K. R. 2006. New plant records and rediscoveries within the Hawaiian Islands. Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 88: 15-19.

Wood, K. R. 2007. New plant records, rediscoveries, range extensions, and possible extinctions within the Hawaiian Islands. Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 96: 13-17.

Wood, K. R. 2012. Possible extinctions, rediscoveries and new plant records within the Hawaiian Islands. Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 113: 91-102.

Wood, K. R. and M. Kiehn. 2011. Pittosporum halophilum Rock (Pittosporaceae: Apiales): rediscovery, taxonomic assessment, and conservation status of a critically endangered endemic species from Moloka`i, Hawaiian Islands. Pacific Sci. 65: 465-476.

Wood, K. R. and M. LeGrande. 2006. An annotated checklist of new island records of flowering plants from Lehau Islet, Ni`ihau, Hawaii. Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 87: 19-29.

Wood, K. R. and H. Oppenheimer. 2008. Stenogyne kauaulaensis (Lamiaceae), a new species from Maui, Hawaiian Islands. Novon 18: 544-549.

Wood, K. R., W. L. Wagner, and T. J. Motley. 2007. Labordia lorenciana (Loganiaceae), a new critically endangered species from Kaua`i, Hawaiian Islands with comments on its conservation. Syst. Bot. 32: 195-199.

Woodland, D. W., I. J. Bassett and C. W. Crompton.  1976.  The annual species of stinging nettle (Hesperocnide and Urtica) in North America.  Canad. J. Bot. 54: 374–383.

Woodson, R. E., Jr., R. W. Schery, and Collaborators.  1975.  Flora of Panama, Part IX.  Family 184.  Compositae.  Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 62: 835–1321.

Woodward, P. W. 1972. The natural history of Kure Atoll, Northwestern Hawaiian Islands. Atoll Res. Bull. 164: 1–318.

Woolliams, K. R., O. Degener, and I. Degener.  1980.  Kokia cookei Deg....then there were two!  Notes Waimea Arbor. & Bot. Gard. 7(1): 2–7.

Wright, S. D., C. G. Yong, S. R. Wichman, J.W. Dawson, and R. C. Gardner. 2001. Stepping stones to Hawaii: A trans-equatorial dispersal pathway for Metrosideros (Myrtaceae) inferred from nrDNA (ITS + ETS). J. Biogeog. 28:769-774.

Wurdack, J. J.  1967.  The cultivated glorybushes, Tibouchina (Melastomataceae).  Baileya 15: 1–6.

Wurdack, J. J. and R. Kral.  1982.  The genera of Melastomataceae in the southeastern United States.  J. Arnold Arbor. 63: 429–439.

Wurdack, K. J. and C. C. Davis. 2009. Malpighiales phylogenetics: gaining ground on one of the most recalcitrant clades in the angiosperm tree of life. Amer. J. Bot. 96: 1551-1570.

Wysong, M. and G. Hughes. 2007. New Hawaiian plant records for the island of Moloka`i. Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 96: 1-8.

Top 

Top 

Yang, Y. and P. E. Berry. 2011. Phylogenetics of the Chamaesyce clade (Euphorbia, Euphorbiaceae): reticulate evolution and long-distance dispersal in a prominent C4 lineage. Amer. J. Bot. 98: 1486-1503.

Yesilyurt, J. C. 2005. The fern genus Doryopteris (Cheilanthoideae-Pteridaceae) in the Hawaiian Islands. Kew Bulletin 60: 547-558.

Yoshinaga, A. Y.  1978.  Vegetation of the Hana rain forest, Haleakala National Park.  Proc. 2nd Conf. Nat. Sci., Hawaii Volcanoes Natl. Park, pp. 346–348.

Yuncker, T. G.  1932.  The genus Cuscuta.  Mem. Torrey Bot. Club 18: 109–331.

_____.  1933.  Revision of the Hawaiian species of Peperomia.  Bernice P. Bishop Mus. Bull. 112: 1–131.

_____.  1937.  Three additional species of Peperomia in Hawaii.  Occas. Pap. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 13(14): 161–165.

Top 

Zahlbruckner, A.  1891.  Ueber einige Lobeliaceen des Wiener Herbariums.  Ann. K.K. Naturhist. Hofmus. 6: 430–445.

Zhang, L.-B. and M.P. Simmons. 2006. Phylogeny and delimitation of the Celastrales inferred from nuclear and plastid genes. Syst. Bot. 31: 122-137.

Zuloaga, F. O., O. Morrone, G. Davidse, T. S. Filgueiras, P. M. Peterson, R. J. Soreng, and E. Judziewicz. 2003. Catalogue of New World Grasses (Poaceae): III. Subfamilies Panicoideae, Aristidoideae, Arundinoideae, and Danthonioideae. Contr. U.S. Natl. Herb. 46: 1–662.

* This list is an ongoing compilation of literature relevant to the classification, biology, relationships and geography of plants in the Hawaiian Islands and the Marquesas Islands. New literature (past 15 years) is still being added and updated versions will be posted periodically. Please let Warren Wagner (wagnerw@si.edu) know of any overlooked publications.

[ TOP ]